Detergent compositions

ABSTRACT

The present invention relates to detergent compositions comprising a variant of a parent lipase which variant has lipase activity, has at least 60% but less than 100% sequence identity with SEQ ID NO: 2, and comprises substitutions at positions corresponding to T231R+N233R and at least one or more (e.g., several) of D96E, D111A, D254S, G163K, P256T, G91T, and G38A of SEQ ID NO: 2. The present invention also relates to use of the compositions, methods of producing the compositions, and methods of cleaning. The present invention furthermore relates to variants and polynucleotides encoding the variants; nucleic acid constructs, vectors, and host cells comprising the polynucleotides.

CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS

This application is a 35 U.S.C. 371 national application ofPCT/EP2014/059701 filed May 13, 2014, which claims priority or thebenefit under 35 U.S.C. 119 of European application no. 13167632.2 filedMay 14, 2013 the contents of which are fully incorporated herein byreference.

REFERENCE TO A SEQUENCE LISTING

This application contains a Sequence Listing in computer readable form,which is incorporated herein by reference.

BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION

Field of the Invention

The present invention relates to compositions comprising lipasevariants, methods of producing and using said compositions, lipasevariants, polynucleotides encoding the variants, as well as methods ofproducing and using said variants.

Description of the Related Art

Lipases are important biocatalysts which have shown to be useful forvarious applications and a large number of different lipases have beenidentified and many commercialized. However, new lipases suitable foruse in various compositions adapted to conditions currently used aredesirable.

Lipases have been employed in compositions for the removal of lipidstains by hydrolyzing triglycerides to generate fatty acids. Currentdetergent, cleaning and/or fabric care compositions comprise many activeingredients which are interfering with the ability of lipases to removelipid stains, furthermore such compositions are not used immediatelyafter production and as a consequence the stability of the lipases maybe affected during storage. Thus, a need exists for lipases that areactive and stable in the harsh environment of detergent compositions.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

The present invention relates to detergent compositions comprising avariant of a parent lipase which variant has lipase activity, has atleast 60% but less than 100% sequence identity with SEQ ID NO: 2, andcomprises substitutions at positions corresponding to T231R+N233R and atleast one or more (e.g., several) of D96E, D111A, D254S, G163K, P256T,G91T, and G38A of SEQ ID NO: 2. The present invention also relates touse of the compositions, methods of producing the compositions, andmethods of cleaning.

The present invention furthermore relates to variants andpolynucleotides encoding the variants; nucleic acid constructs, vectors,and host cells comprising the polynucleotides.

Definitions

Lipase: The terms “lipase”, “lipase enzyme”, “lipolytic enzyme”, “lipidesterase”, “lipolytic polypeptide”, and “lipolytic protein” refers to anenzyme in class EC3.1.1 as defined by Enzyme Nomenclature. It may havelipase activity (triacylglycerol lipase, EC3.1.1.3), cutinase activity(EC3.1.1.74), sterol esterase activity (EC3.1.1.13) and/or wax-esterhydrolase activity (EC3.1.1.50). For purposes of the present invention,lipase activity is determined according to the procedure described inthe Examples. In one aspect, the variants of the present invention haveat least 20%, e.g., at least 25%, at least 30%, at least 35%, at least40%, at least 45%, at least 50%, at least 55%, at least 60%, at least65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least90%, at least 95%, or 100% of the lipase activity of the polypeptide ofSEQ ID NO: 2.

Allelic variant: The term “allelic variant” means any of two or morealternative forms of a gene occupying the same chromosomal locus.Allelic variation arises naturally through mutation, and may result inpolymorphism within populations. Gene mutations can be silent (no changein the encoded polypeptide) or may encode polypeptides having alteredamino acid sequences. An allelic variant of a polypeptide is apolypeptide encoded by an allelic variant of a gene.

cDNA: The term “cDNA” means a DNA molecule that can be prepared byreverse transcription from a mature, spliced, mRNA molecule obtainedfrom a eukaryotic or prokaryotic cell. cDNA lacks intron sequences thatmay be present in the corresponding genomic DNA. The initial, primaryRNA transcript is a precursor to mRNA that is processed through a seriesof steps, including splicing, before appearing as mature spliced mRNA.

Coding sequence: The term “coding sequence” means a polynucleotide,which directly specifies the amino acid sequence of a variant. Theboundaries of the coding sequence are generally determined by an openreading frame, which begins with a start codon such as ATG, GTG or TTGand ends with a stop codon such as TAA, TAG, or TGA. The coding sequencemay be a genomic DNA, cDNA, synthetic DNA, or a combination thereof.

Control sequences: The term “control sequences” means nucleic acidsequences necessary for expression of a polynucleotide encoding avariant of the present invention. Each control sequence may be native(i.e., from the same gene) or foreign (i.e., from a different gene) tothe polynucleotide encoding the variant or native or foreign to eachother. Such control sequences include, but are not limited to, a leader,polyadenylation sequence, propeptide sequence, promoter, signal peptidesequence, and transcription terminator. At a minimum, the controlsequences include a promoter, and transcriptional and translational stopsignals. The control sequences may be provided with linkers for thepurpose of introducing specific restriction sites facilitating ligationof the control sequences with the coding region of the polynucleotideencoding a variant.

Expression: The term “expression” includes any step involved in theproduction of a variant including, but not limited to, transcription,post-transcriptional modification, translation, post-translationalmodification, and secretion.

Expression vector: The term “expression vector” means a linear orcircular DNA molecule that comprises a polynucleotide encoding a variantand is operably linked to control sequences that provide for itsexpression.

Fragment: The term “fragment” means a polypeptide having one or more(e.g., several) amino acids absent from the amino and/or carboxylterminus of a polypeptide; wherein the fragment has lipase activity. Inone aspect, a fragment contains at least 50%, at least 55%, at least60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least85%, at least 90%, or at least 95% but less than 100% of the number ofamino acids 1 to 369 of SEQ ID NO: 2.

High stringency conditions: The term “high stringency conditions” meansfor probes of at least 100 nucleotides in length, prehybridization andhybridization at 42° C. in 5×SSPE, 0.3% SDS, 200 micrograms/ml shearedand denatured salmon sperm DNA, and 50% formamide, following standardSouthern blotting procedures for 12 to 24 hours. The carrier material isfinally washed three times each for 15 minutes using 2×SSC, 0.2% SDS at65° C.

Host cell: The term “host cell” means any cell type that is susceptibleto transformation, transfection, transduction, or the like with anucleic acid construct or expression vector comprising a polynucleotideof the present invention. The term “host cell” encompasses any progenyof a parent cell that is not identical to the parent cell due tomutations that occur during replication.

Improved property: The term “improved property” means a characteristicassociated with a variant that is improved compared to the parentlipase. Such improved properties include, but are not limited to,detergent stability, stability in detergent with protease present,protease stability, chemical stability, oxidation stability, pHstability, stability under storage conditions, and thermostability.

Isolated: The term “isolated” means a substance in a form or environmentwhich does not occur in nature. Non-limiting examples of isolatedsubstances include (1) any non-naturally occurring substance, (2) anysubstance including, but not limited to, any enzyme, variant, nucleicacid, protein, peptide or cofactor, that is at least partially removedfrom one or more or all of the naturally occurring constituents withwhich it is associated in nature; (3) any substance modified by the handof man relative to that substance found in nature; or (4) any substancemodified by increasing the amount of the substance relative to othercomponents with which it is naturally associated (e.g., multiple copiesof a gene encoding the substance; use of a stronger promoter than thepromoter naturally associated with the gene encoding the substance). Anisolated substance may be present in a fermentation broth sample.

Low stringency conditions: The term “low stringency conditions” meansfor probes of at least 100 nucleotides in length, prehybridization andhybridization at 42° C. in 5×SSPE, 0.3% SDS, 200 micrograms/ml shearedand denatured salmon sperm DNA, and 25% formamide, following standardSouthern blotting procedures for 12 to 24 hours. The carrier material isfinally washed three times each for 15 minutes using 2×SSC, 0.2% SDS at50° C.

Mature polypeptide: The term “mature polypeptide” means a polypeptide inits final form following translation and any post-translationalmodifications, such as N-terminal processing, C-terminal truncation,glycosylation, phosphorylation, etc. In one aspect, the maturepolypeptide is amino acids 1 to 269 of SEQ ID NO: 2. It is known in theart that a host cell may produce a mixture of two or more differentmature polypeptides (i.e., with a different C-terminal and/or N-terminalamino acid) expressed by the same polynucleotide.

Mature polypeptide coding sequence: The term “mature polypeptide codingsequence” means a polynucleotide that encodes a mature polypeptidehaving lipase activity. In one aspect, the mature polypeptide codingsequence is nucleotides 1 to 807 of SEQ ID NO: 1.

Medium stringency conditions: The term “medium stringency conditions”means for probes of at least 100 nucleotides in length, prehybridizationand hybridization at 42° C. in 5×SSPE, 0.3% SDS, 200 micrograms/mlsheared and denatured salmon sperm DNA, and 35% formamide, followingstandard Southern blotting procedures for 12 to 24 hours. The carriermaterial is finally washed three times each for 15 minutes using 2×SSC,0.2% SDS at 55° C.

Medium-high stringency conditions: The term “medium-high stringencyconditions” means for probes of at least 100 nucleotides in length,prehybridization and hybridization at 42° C. in 5×SSPE, 0.3% SDS, 200micrograms/ml sheared and denatured salmon sperm DNA, and 35% formamide,following standard Southern blotting procedures for 12 to 24 hours. Thecarrier material is finally washed three times each for 15 minutes using2×SSC, 0.2% SDS at 60° C.

Mutant: The term “mutant” means a polynucleotide encoding a variant.

Nucleic acid construct: The term “nucleic acid construct” means anucleic acid molecule, either single- or double-stranded, which isisolated from a naturally occurring gene or is modified to containsegments of nucleic acids in a manner that would not otherwise exist innature or which is synthetic, which comprises one or more controlsequences.

Operably linked: The term “operably linked” means a configuration inwhich a control sequence is placed at an appropriate position relativeto the coding sequence of a polynucleotide such that the controlsequence directs expression of the coding sequence.

Parent or parent lipase: The term “parent” or “parent lipase” means alipase to which an alteration is made to produce the enzyme variants ofthe present invention. The parent lipase may be a naturally occurring(wild-type) polypeptide or a variant or fragment thereof.

Sequence identity: The relatedness between two amino acid sequences orbetween two nucleotide sequences is described by the parameter “sequenceidentity”.

For purposes of the present invention, the sequence identity between twoamino acid sequences is determined using the Needleman-Wunsch algorithm(Needleman and Wunsch, 1970, J. Mol. Biol. 48: 443-453) as implementedin the Needle program of the EMBOSS package (EMBOSS: The EuropeanMolecular Biology Open Software Suite, Rice et al., 2000, Trends Genet.16: 276-277), preferably version 5.0.0 or later. The parameters used aregap open penalty of 10, gap extension penalty of 0.5, and the EBLOSUM62(EMBOSS version of BLOSUM62) substitution matrix. The output of Needlelabeled “longest identity” (obtained using the −nobrief option) is usedas the percent identity and is calculated as follows:(Identical Residues×100)/(Length of Alignment−Total Number of Gaps inAlignment)

For purposes of the present invention, the sequence identity between twodeoxyribonucleotide sequences is determined using the Needleman-Wunschalgorithm (Needleman and Wunsch, 1970, supra) as implemented in theNeedle program of the EMBOSS package (EMBOSS: The European MolecularBiology Open Software Suite, Rice et al., 2000, supra), preferablyversion 5.0.0 or later. The parameters used are gap open penalty of 10,gap extension penalty of 0.5, and the EDNAFULL (EMBOSS version of NCBINUC4.4) substitution matrix. The output of Needle labeled “longestidentity” (obtained using the −nobrief option) is used as the percentidentity and is calculated as follows:(Identical Deoxyribonucleotides×100)/(Length of Alignment−Total Numberof Gaps in Alignment).

Stability: The stability of a lipase may be expressed as the residualactivity or the residual performance of said lipase during or afterexposure to various test conditions such as e.g. storage in a detergentcomposition, at various temperatures, at various pH, in the presence ofdifferent components such as protease, chemicals, and/or oxidativesubstances (stress conditions). The stability of a variant lipase can bemeasured relative to a known activity or performance of a parent lipase,or alternatively to a known activity or performance of the variantlipase when initially added to the detergent composition optionallystored cold or frozen or relative to the variant lipase stored cold orfrozen (unstressed conditions).

Subsequence: The term “subsequence” means a polynucleotide having one ormore (e.g., several) nucleotides absent from the 5′ and/or 3′ end of amature polypeptide coding sequence; wherein the subsequence encodes afragment having lipase activity. In one aspect, a subsequence containsat least 50%, at least 55%, at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, atleast 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, or at least 95% butless than 100% of the number of nucleotides 1 to 807 of SEQ ID NO: 1.

Variant: The term “variant” means a polypeptide having lipase activitycomprising an alteration, i.e., a substitution, insertion, and/ordeletion, at one or more (e.g., several) positions. A substitution meansreplacement of the amino acid occupying a position with a differentamino acid; a deletion means removal of the amino acid occupying aposition; and an insertion means adding an amino acid adjacent to andimmediately following the amino acid occupying a position. The variantsof the present invention have at least 20%, e.g., at least 40%, at least50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at least95%, or at least 100% of the lipase activity of the polypeptide of SEQID NO: 2.

Very high stringency conditions: The term “very high stringencyconditions” means for probes of at least 100 nucleotides in length,prehybridization and hybridization at 42° C. in 5×SSPE, 0.3% SDS, 200micrograms/ml sheared and denatured salmon sperm DNA, and 50% formamide,following standard Southern blotting procedures for 12 to 24 hours. Thecarrier material is finally washed three times each for 15 minutes using2×SSC, 0.2% SDS at 70° C.

Very low stringency conditions: The term “very low stringencyconditions” means for probes of at least 100 nucleotides in length,prehybridization and hybridization at 42° C. in 5×SSPE, 0.3% SDS, 200micrograms/ml sheared and denatured salmon sperm DNA, and 25% formamide,following standard Southern blotting procedures for 12 to 24 hours. Thecarrier material is finally washed three times each for 15 minutes using2×SSC, 0.2% SDS at 45° C.

Wild-type lipase: The term “wild-type” lipase means a lipase expressedby a naturally occurring microorganism, such as a bacterium, yeast, orfilamentous fungus found in nature.

Conventions for Designation of Variants

For purposes of the present invention, the polypeptide disclosed in SEQID NO: 2 is used to determine the corresponding amino acid residue inanother lipase. The amino acid sequence of another lipase is alignedwith SEQ ID NO: 2, and based on the alignment, the amino acid positionnumber corresponding to any amino acid residue in the polypeptidedisclosed in SEQ ID NO: 2 is determined using the Needleman-Wunschalgorithm (Needleman and Wunsch, 1970, J. Mol. Biol. 48: 443-453) asimplemented in the Needle program of the EMBOSS package (EMBOSS: TheEuropean Molecular Biology Open Software Suite, Rice et al., 2000,Trends Genet. 16: 276-277), preferably version 5.0.0 or later. Theparameters used are gap open penalty of 10, gap extension penalty of0.5, and the EBLOSUM62 (EMBOSS version of BLOSUM62) substitution matrix.

Identification of the corresponding amino acid residue in another lipasecan be determined by an alignment of multiple polypeptide sequencesusing several computer programs including, but not limited to, MUSCLE(multiple sequence comparison by log-expectation; version 3.5 or later;Edgar, 2004, Nucleic Acids Research 32: 1792-1797), MAFFT (version 6.857or later; Katoh and Kuma, 2002, Nucleic Acids Research 30: 3059-3066;Katoh et al., 2005, Nucleic Acids Research 33: 511-518; Katoh and Toh,2007, Bioinformatics 23: 372-374; Katoh et al., 2009, Methods inMolecular Biology 537:_39-64; Katoh and Toh, 2010, Bioinformatics26:_1899-1900), and EMBOSS EMMA employing ClustalW (1.83 or later;Thompson et al., 1994, Nucleic Acids Research 22: 4673-4680), usingtheir respective default parameters.

When the other enzyme has diverged from the polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 2such that traditional sequence-based comparison fails to detect theirrelationship (Lindahl and Elofsson, 2000, J. Mol. Biol. 295: 613-615),other pairwise sequence comparison algorithms can be used. Greatersensitivity in sequence-based searching can be attained using searchprograms that utilize probabilistic representations of polypeptidefamilies (profiles) to search databases. For example, the PSI-BLASTprogram generates profiles through an iterative database search processand is capable of detecting remote homologs (Atschul et al., 1997,Nucleic Acids Res. 25: 3389-3402). Even greater sensitivity can beachieved if the family or superfamily for the polypeptide has one ormore representatives in the protein structure databases. Programs suchas GenTHREADER (Jones, 1999, J. Mol. Biol. 287: 797-815; McGuffin andJones, 2003, Bioinformatics 19: 874-881) utilize information from avariety of sources (PSI-BLAST, secondary structure prediction,structural alignment profiles, and solvation potentials) as input to aneural network that predicts the structural fold for a query sequence.Similarly, the method of Gough et al., 2000, J. Mol. Biol. 313: 903-919,can be used to align a sequence of unknown structure with thesuperfamily models present in the SCOP database. These alignments can inturn be used to generate homology models for the polypeptide, and suchmodels can be assessed for accuracy using a variety of tools developedfor that purpose.

For proteins of known structure, several tools and resources areavailable for retrieving and generating structural alignments. Forexample the SCOP superfamilies of proteins have been structurallyaligned, and those alignments are accessible and downloadable. Two ormore protein structures can be aligned using a variety of algorithmssuch as the distance alignment matrix (Holm and Sander, 1998, Proteins33: 88-96) or combinatorial extension (Shindyalov and Bourne, 1998,Protein Engineering 11: 739-747), and implementation of these algorithmscan additionally be utilized to query structure databases with astructure of interest in order to discover possible structural homologs(e.g., Holm and Park, 2000, Bioinformatics 16: 566-567).

In describing the variants of the present invention, the nomenclaturedescribed below is adapted for ease of reference. The accepted IUPACsingle letter or three letter amino acid abbreviation is employed.

Substitutions.

For an amino acid substitution, the following nomenclature is used:Original amino acid, position, substituted amino acid. Accordingly, thesubstitution of threonine at position 226 with alanine is designated as“Thr226Ala” or “T226A”. Multiple mutations are separated by additionmarks (“+”), e.g., “Gly205Arg+Ser411Phe” or “G205R+S411F”, representingsubstitutions at positions 205 and 411 of glycine (G) with arginine (R)and serine (S) with phenylalanine (F), respectively.

Deletions.

For an amino acid deletion, the following nomenclature is used: Originalamino acid, position, *. Accordingly, the deletion of glycine atposition 195 is designated as “Gly195*” or “G195*”. Multiple deletionsare separated by addition marks (“+”), e.g., “Gly195*+Ser411*” or“G195*+S411*”.

Insertions.

For an amino acid insertion, the following nomenclature is used:Original amino acid, position, original amino acid, inserted amino acid.Accordingly the insertion of lysine after glycine at position 195 isdesignated “Gly195GlyLys” or “G195GK”. An insertion of multiple aminoacids is designated [Original amino acid, position, original amino acid,inserted amino acid #1, inserted amino acid #2; etc.]. For example, theinsertion of lysine and alanine after glycine at position 195 isindicated as “Gly195GlyLysAla” or “G195GKA”.

In such cases the inserted amino acid residue(s) are numbered by theaddition of lower case letters to the position number of the amino acidresidue preceding the inserted amino acid residue(s). In the aboveexample, the sequence would thus be:

Parent: Variant: 195 195 195a 195b G G - K - A

Multiple Alterations.

Variants comprising multiple alterations are separated by addition marks(“+”), e.g., “Arg170Tyr+Gly195Glu” or “R170Y+G195E” representing asubstitution of arginine and glycine at positions 170 and 195 withtyrosine and glutamic acid, respectively.

Different Alterations.

Where different alterations can be introduced at a position, thedifferent alterations are separated by a comma, e.g., “Arg170Tyr,Glu”represents a substitution of arginine at position 170 with tyrosine orglutamic acid. Thus, “Tyr167Gly,Ala+Arg170Gly,Ala” designates thefollowing variants:

“Tyr167Gly+Arg170Gly”, “Tyr167Gly+Arg170Ala”, “Tyr167Ala+Arg170Gly”, and“Tyr167Ala+Arg170Ala”.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION

The present invention relates to compositions comprising lipase variantswhich variant comprises substitutions at positions corresponding toT231R+N233R and at least one or more (e.g., several) of the polypeptideof SEQ ID NO: 2, wherein the variant has lipase activity.

Variants

The present invention provides lipase variants, comprising substitutionsat positions corresponding to T231R+N233R and at least one or more(e.g., several) of D96E, D111A, D254S, G163K, P256T, G91T and G38A ofSEQ ID NO: 2, wherein the variant has lipase activity. In some aspectsthe variants further comprises substitutions at positions correspondingto D27R and/or N33Q of SEQ ID NO: 2.

In one aspect, the variant has sequence identity of at least 60%, e.g.,at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, atleast 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, atleast 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99%,but less than 100%, to the amino acid sequence of the parent lipase. Inanother aspect, the variant has at least 60%, e.g., at least 65%, atleast 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, atleast 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, suchas at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99%, but lessthan 100%, sequence identity to SEQ ID NO: 2.

In one aspect, the number of substitutions in the variants of thepresent invention is 1-40, e.g., 1-30, 1-20, 1-10 and 1-5, such as 1, 2,3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22,23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, or40 substitutions.

In another aspect, a variant comprises substitutions at positionscorresponding to T231R+N233R and at least one or more (e.g., several) ofD96E, D111A, D254S, G163K, P256T, G91T and G38A of SEQ ID NO: 2. Inanother aspect, a variant comprises substitutions at positionscorresponding to T231R+N233R and at two positions corresponding to anyof positions D96E, D111A, D254S, G163K, P256T, G91T, G38A, D27R, andN33Q of SEQ ID NO: 2. In another aspect, a variant comprisessubstitutions at positions corresponding to T231R+N233R and at threepositions corresponding to any of positions D96E, D111A, D254S, G163K,P256T, G91T, G38A, D27R, and N33Q of SEQ ID NO: 2. In another aspect, avariant comprises substitutions at positions corresponding toT231R+N233R and at four positions corresponding to any of positionsD96E, D111A, D254S, G163K, P256T, G91T, G38A, D27R, and N33Q of SEQ IDNO: 2. In another aspect, a variant comprises substitutions at positionscorresponding to T231R+N233R and at five positions corresponding to anyof positions D96E, D111A, D254S, G163K, P256T, G91T, G38A, D27R, andN33Q of SEQ ID NO: 2. In another aspect, a variant comprisessubstitutions at positions corresponding to T231R+N233R and at sixpositions corresponding to any of positions D96E, D111A, D254S, G163K,P256T, G91T, G38A, D27R, and N33Q of SEQ ID NO: 2. In another aspect, avariant comprises substitutions at positions corresponding toT231R+N233R and at seven positions corresponding to any of positionsD96E, D111A, D254S, G163K, P256T, G91T, G38A, D27R, and N33Q of SEQ IDNO: 2. In another aspect, a variant comprises substitutions at positionscorresponding to T231R+N233R and at eight positions corresponding to anyof positions D96E, D111A, D254S, G163K, P256T, G91T, G38A, D27R, andN33Q of SEQ ID NO: 2. In another aspect, a variant comprisessubstitutions at positions corresponding to T231R+N233R and at ninepositions corresponding to any of positions D96E, D111A, D254S, G163K,P256T, G91T, G38A, D27R, and N33Q of SEQ ID NO: 2.

In another aspect, the variant comprises or consists of substitutions atpositions corresponding to T231R+N233R and position 96. In anotheraspect, the amino acid at a position corresponding to position 96 issubstituted with Glu, Gly, Ser, or Val, preferably with Glu. In anotheraspect, the variant comprises or consists of the substitution D96E ofSEQ ID NO: 2.

In another aspect, the variant comprises or consists of substitutions atpositions corresponding to T231R+N233R and position 111. In anotheraspect, the amino acid at a position corresponding to position 111 issubstituted with Ala, Gly, Ile, Leu, Met, or Val, preferably with Ala.In another aspect, the variant comprises or consists of the substitutionD111A of SEQ ID NO: 2.

In another aspect, the variant comprises or consists of substitutions atpositions corresponding to T231R+N233R and position 254. In anotheraspect, the amino acid at a position corresponding to position 254 issubstituted with Ser, or Thr, preferably with Ser. In another aspect,the variant comprises or consists of the substitution D254S of SEQ IDNO: 2.

In another aspect, the variant comprises or consists of substitutions atpositions corresponding to T231R+N233R and position 163. In anotheraspect, the amino acid at a position corresponding to position 163 issubstituted with Asp, Glu, His, or Lys. In another aspect, the variantcomprises or consists of the substitution G163K of SEQ ID NO: 2.

In another aspect, the variant comprises or consists of substitutions atpositions corresponding to T231R+N233R and position 256. In anotheraspect, the amino acid at a position corresponding to position 256 issubstituted with Lys, Ser, or Thr, preferably with Thr. In anotheraspect, the variant comprises or consists of the substitution P256T ofSEQ ID NO: 2.

In another aspect, the variant comprises or consists of substitutions atpositions corresponding to T231R+N233R and position 91. In anotheraspect, the amino acid at a position corresponding to position 91 issubstituted with Ala, Asn, Gln, Glu, Ile, Leu, Ser, Thr, Trp, or Val,preferably with Thr. In another aspect, the variant comprises orconsists of the substitution G91T of SEQ ID NO: 2.

In another aspect, the variant comprises or consists of substitutions atpositions corresponding to T231R+N233R and position 38. In anotheraspect, the amino acid at a position corresponding to position 38 issubstituted with Ala, Arg, Asn, Asp, Gln, Glu, Ile, Leu, Met, or Val,preferably with Ala. In another aspect, the variant comprises orconsists of the substitution G38A of SEQ ID NO: 2.

In another aspect, the variant comprises or consists of substitutions atpositions corresponding to T231R+N233R and position 27. In anotheraspect, the amino acid at a position corresponding to position 27 issubstituted with Arg, His, or Lys, preferably with Arg. In anotheraspect, the variant comprises or consists of the substitution D27R ofSEQ ID NO: 2.

In another aspect, the variant comprises or consists of substitutions atpositions corresponding to T231R+N233R and position 33. In anotheraspect, the amino acid at a position corresponding to position 33 issubstituted with Gln, Lys, Ser, or Thr, preferably with Gln. In anotheraspect, the variant comprises or consists of the substitution N33Q ofSEQ ID NO: 2.

In another aspect, the variant comprises or consists of thesubstitutions at positions corresponding to T231R+N233R and one of27+33; 27+38; 27+91; 27+96; 27+111; 27+163; 27+254; 27+256; 33+38;33+91; 33+96; 33+111; 33+163; 33+254; 33+256; 38+91; 38+96; 38+111;38+163; 38+254; 38+256; 91+96; 91+111; 91+163; 91+254; 91+256; 96+111;96+163; 96+254; 96+256; 111+163; 111+254; 111+256; 163+254; 163+256; or254+256, such as those described above.

In another aspect, the variant comprises or consists of thesubstitutions at positions corresponding to T231R+N233R and one of27+33+38; 27+33+91; 27+33+96; 27+33+111; 27+33+163; 27+33+254;27+33+256; 27+38+91; 27+38+96; 27+38+111; 27+38+163; 27+38+254;27+38+256; 27+91+96; 27+91+111; 27+91+163; 27+91+254; 27+91+256;27+96+111; 27+96+163; 27+96+254; 27+96+256; 27+111+163; 27+111+254;27+111+256; 27+163+254; 27+163+256; 27+254+256; 33+38+91; 33+38+96;33+38+111; 33+38+163; 33+38+254; 33+38+256; 33+91+96; 33+91+111;33+91+163; 33+91+254; 33+91+256; 33+96+111; 33+96+163; 33+96+254;33+96+256; 33+111+163; 33+111+254; 33+111+256; 33+163+254; 33+163+256;33+254+256; 38+91+96; 38+91+111; 38+91+163; 38+91+254; 38+91+256;38+96+111; 38+96+163; 38+96+254; 38+96+256; 38+111+163; 38+111+254;38+111+256; 38+163+254; 38+163+256; 38+254+256; 91+96+111; 91+96+163;91+96+254; 91+96+256; 91+111+163; 91+111+254; 91+111+256; 91+163+254;91+163+256; 91+254+256; 96+111+163; 96+111+254; 96+111+256; 96+163+254;96+163+256; 96+254+256; 111+163+254; 111+163+256; 111+254+256; or163+254+256 such as those described above.

In another aspect, the variant comprises or consists of thesubstitutions at positions corresponding to T231R+N233R and one of27+33+38+91; 27+33+38+96; 27+33+38+111; 27+33+38+163; 27+33+38+254;27+33+38+256; 27+33+91+96; 27+33+91+111; 27+33+91+163; 27+33+91+254;27+33+91+256; 27+33+96+111; 27+33+96+163; 27+33+96+254; 27+33+96+256;27+33+111+163; 27+33+111+254; 27+33+111+256; 27+33+163+254;27+33+163+256; 27+33+254+256; 27+38+91+96; 27+38+91+111; 27+38+91+163;27+38+91+254; 27+38+91+256; 27+38+96+111; 27+38+96+163; 27+38+96+254;27+38+96+256; 27+38+111+163; 27+38+111+254; 27+38+111+256;27+38+163+254; 27+38+163+256; 27+38+254+256; 27+91+96+111; 27+91+96+163;27+91+96+254; 27+91+96+256; 27+91+111+163; 27+91+111+254; 27+91+111+256;27+91+163+254; 27+91+163+256; 27+91+254+256; 27+96+111+163;27+96+111+254; 27+96+111+256; 27+96+163+254; 27+96+163+256;27+96+254+256; 27+111+163+254; 27+111+163+256; 27+111+254+256;27+163+254+256; 33+38+91+96; 33+38+91+111; 33+38+91+163; 33+38+91+254;33+38+91+256; 33+38+96+111; 33+38+96+163; 33+38+96+254; 33+38+96+256;33+38+111+163; 33+38+111+254; 33+38+111+256; 33+38+163+254;33+38+163+256; 33+38+254+256; 33+91+96+111; 33+91+96+163; 33+91+96+254;33+91+96+256; 33+91+111+163; 33+91+111+254; 33+91+111+256;33+91+163+254; 33+91+163+256; 33+91+254+256; 33+96+111+163;33+96+111+254; 33+96+111+256; 33+96+163+254; 33+96+163+256;33+96+254+256; 33+111+163+254; 33+111+163+256; 33+111+254+256;33+163+254+256; 38+91+96+111; 38+91+96+163; 38+91+96+254; 38+91+96+256;38+91+111+163; 38+91+111+254; 38+91+111+256; 38+91+163+254;38+91+163+256; 38+91+254+256; 38+96+111+163; 38+96+111+254;38+96+111+256; 38+96+163+254; 38+96+163+256; 38+96+254+256;38+111+163+254; 38+111+163+256; 38+111+254+256; 38+163+254+256;91+96+111+163; 91+96+111+254; 91+96+111+256; 91+96+163+254;91+96+163+256; 91+96+254+256; 91+111+163+254; 91+111+163+256;91+111+254+256; 91+163+254+256; 96+111+163+254; 96+111+163+256;96+111+254+256; 96+163+254+256; or 111+163+254+256 such as thosedescribed above.

In another aspect, the variant comprises or consists of thesubstitutions at positions corresponding to T231R+N233R and one of27+33+38+91+96; 27+33+38+91+111; 27+33+38+91+163; 27+33+38+91+254;27+33+38+91+256; 27+33+38+96+111; 27+33+38+96+163; 27+33+38+96+254;27+33+38+96+256; 27+33+38+111+163; 27+33+38+111+254; 27+33+38+111+256;27+33+38+163+254; 27+33+38+163+256; 27+33+38+254+256; 27+33+91+96+111;27+33+91+96+163; 27+33+91+96+254; 27+33+91+96+256; 27+33+91+111+163;27+33+91+111+254; 27+33+91+111+256; 27+33+91+163+254; 27+33+91+163+256;27+33+91+254+256; 27+33+96+111+163; 27+33+96+111+254; 27+33+96+111+256;27+33+96+163+254; 27+33+96+163+256; 27+33+96+254+256; 27+33+111+163+254;27+33+111+163+256; 27+33+111+254+256; 27+33+163+254+256;27+38+91+96+111; 27+38+91+96+163; 27+38+91+96+254; 27+38+91+96+256;27+38+91+111+163; 27+38+91+111+254; 27+38+91+111+256; 27+38+91+163+254;27+38+91+163+256; 27+38+91+254+256; 27+38+96+111+163; 27+38+96+111+254;27+38+96+111+256; 27+38+96+163+254; 27+38+96+163+256; 27+38+96+254+256;27+38+111+163+254; 27+38+111+163+256; 27+38+111+254+256;27+38+163+254+256; 27+91+96+111+163; 27+91+96+111+254; 27+91+96+111+256;27+91+96+163+254; 27+91+96+163+256; 27+91+96+254+256; 27+91+111+163+254;27+91+111+163+256; 27+91+111+254+256; 27+91+163+254+256;27+96+111+163+254; 27+96+111+163+256; 27+96+111+254+256;27+96+163+254+256; 27+111+163+254+256; 33+38+91+96+111; 33+38+91+96+163;33+38+91+96+254; 33+38+91+96+256; 33+38+91+111+163; 33+38+91+111+254;33+38+91+111+256; 33+38+91+163+254; 33+38+91+163+256; 33+38+91+254+256;33+38+96+111+163; 33+38+96+111+254; 33+38+96+111+256; 33+38+96+163+254;33+38+96+163+256; 33+38+96+254+256; 33+38+111+163+254;33+38+111+163+256; 33+38+111+254+256; 33+38+163+254+256;33+91+96+111+163; 33+91+96+111+254; 33+91+96+111+256; 33+91+96+163+254;33+91+96+163+256; 33+91+96+254+256; 33+91+111+163+254;33+91+111+163+256; 33+91+111+254+256; 33+91+163+254+256;33+96+111+163+254; 33+96+111+163+256; 33+96+111+254+256;33+96+163+254+256; 33+111+163+254+256; 38+91+96+111+163;38+91+96+111+254; 38+91+96+111+256; 38+91+96+163+254; 38+91+96+163+256;38+91+96+254+256; 38+91+111+163+254; 38+91+111+163+256;38+91+111+254+256; 38+91+163+254+256; 38+96+111+163+254;38+96+111+163+256; 38+96+111+254+256; 38+96+163+254+256;38+111+163+254+256; 91+96+111+163+254; 91+96+111+163+256;91+96+111+254+256; 91+96+163+254+256; 91+111+163+254+256; or96+111+163+254+256 such as those described above.

In another aspect, the variant comprises or consists of thesubstitutions at positions corresponding to T231R+N233R and one of27+33+38+91+96+111; 27+33+38+91+96+163; 27+33+38+91+96+254;27+33+38+91+96+256; 27+33+38+91+111+163; 27+33+38+91+111+254;27+33+38+91+111+256; 27+33+38+91+163+254; 27+33+38+91+163+256;27+33+38+91+254+256; 27+33+38+96+111+163; 27+33+38+96+111+254;27+33+38+96+111+256; 27+33+38+96+163+254; 27+33+38+96+163+256;27+33+38+96+254+256; 27+33+38+111+163+254; 27+33+38+111+163+256;27+33+38+111+254+256; 27+33+38+163+254+256; 27+33+91+96+111+163;27+33+91+96+111+254; 27+33+91+96+111+256; 27+33+91+96+163+254;27+33+91+96+163+256; 27+33+91+96+254+256; 27+33+91+111+163+254;27+33+91+111+163+256; 27+33+91+111+254+256; 27+33+91+163+254+256;27+33+96+111+163+254; 27+33+96+111+163+256; 27+33+96+111+254+256;27+33+96+163+254+256; 27+33+111+163+254+256; 27+38+91+96+111+163;27+38+91+96+111+254; 27+38+91+96+111+256; 27+38+91+96+163+254;27+38+91+96+163+256; 27+38+91+96+254+256; 27+38+91+111+163+254;27+38+91+111+163+256; 27+38+91+111+254+256; 27+38+91+163+254+256;27+38+96+111+163+254; 27+38+96+111+163+256; 27+38+96+111+254+256;27+38+96+163+254+256; 27+38+111+163+254+256; 27+91+96+111+163+254;27+91+96+111+163+256; 27+91+96+111+254+256; 27+91+96+163+254+256;27+91+111+163+254+256; 27+96+111+163+254+256; 33+38+91+96+111+163;33+38+91+96+111+254; 33+38+91+96+111+256; 33+38+91+96+163+254;33+38+91+96+163+256; 33+38+91+96+254+256; 33+38+91+111+163+254;33+38+91+111+163+256; 33+38+91+111+254+256; 33+38+91+163+254+256;33+38+96+111+163+254; 33+38+96+111+163+256; 33+38+96+111+254+256;33+38+96+163+254+256; 33+38+111+163+254+256; 33+91+96+111+163+254;33+91+96+111+163+256; 33+91+96+111+254+256; 33+91+96+163+254+256;33+91+111+163+254+256; 33+96+111+163+254+256; 38+91+96+111+163+254;38+91+96+111+163+256; 38+91+96+111+254+256; 38+91+96+163+254+256;38+91+111+163+254+256; 38+96+111+163+254+256; or 91+96+111+163+254+256such as those described above.

In another aspect, the variant comprises or consists of thesubstitutions at positions corresponding to T231R+N233R and one of27+33+38+91+96+111+163; 27+33+38+91+96+111+254; 27+33+38+91+96+111+256;27+33+38+91+96+163+254; 27+33+38+91+96+163+256; 27+33+38+91+96+254+256;27+33+38+91+111+163+254; 27+33+38+91+111+163+256;27+33+38+91+111+254+256; 27+33+38+91+163+254+256;27+33+38+96+111+163+254; 27+33+38+96+111+163+256;27+33+38+96+111+254+256; 27+33+38+96+163+254+256;27+33+38+111+163+254+256; 27+33+91+96+111+163+254;27+33+91+96+111+163+256; 27+33+91+96+111+254+256;27+33+91+96+163+254+256; 27+33+91+111+163+254+256;27+33+96+111+163+254+256; 27+38+91+96+111+163+254;27+38+91+96+111+163+256; 27+38+91+96+111+254+256;27+38+91+96+163+254+256; 27+38+91+111+163+254+256;27+38+96+111+163+254+256; 27+91+96+111+163+254+256;33+38+91+96+111+163+254; 33+38+91+96+111+163+256;33+38+91+96+111+254+256; 33+38+91+96+163+254+256;33+38+91+111+163+254+256; 33+38+96+111+163+254+256;33+91+96+111+163+254+256; or 38+91+96+111+163+254+256 such as thosedescribed above.

In another aspect, the variant comprises or consists of thesubstitutions at positions corresponding to T231R+N233R and one of27+33+38+91+96+111+163+254; 27+33+38+91+96+111+163+256;27+33+38+91+96+111+254+256; 27+33+38+91+96+163+254+256;27+33+38+91+111+163+254+256; 27+33+38+96+111+163+254+256;27+33+91+96+111+163+254+256; 27+38+91+96+111+163+254+256; or33+38+91+96+111+163+254+256 such as those; described above.

In another aspect, the variant comprises or consists of thesubstitutions at positions corresponding to T231R+N233R and27+33+38+91+96+111+163+254+256 such as those described above.

In another aspect, the variant comprises or consists of T231R+N233R andone or more (e.g., several) substitutions selected from the groupconsisting of D27R, N33Q, G38A, G91T, D96E, D111A, G163K, D254S, andP256T.

In another aspect, the variant comprises or consists of thesubstitutions at positions corresponding to T231R+N233R and one ofD27R+N33Q; D27R+G38A; D27R+G91T; D27R+D96E; D27R+D111A; D27R+G163K;D27R+D254S; D27R+P256T; N33Q+G38A; N33Q+G91T; N33Q+D96E; N33Q+D111A;N33Q+G163K; N33Q+D254S; N33Q+P256T; G38A+G91T; G38A+D96E; G38A+D111A;G38A+G163K; G38A+D254S; G38A+P256T; G91T+D96E; G91T+D111A; G91T+G163K;G91T+D254S; G91T+P256T; D96E+D111A; D96E+G163K; D96E+D254S; D96E+P256T;D111A+G163K; D111A+D254S; D111A+P256T; G163K+D254S; G163K+P256T; orD254S+P256T of SEQ ID NO: 2.

In another aspect, the variant comprises or consists of thesubstitutions at positions corresponding to T231R+N233R and one ofD27R+N33Q+G38A; D27R+N33Q+G91T; D27R+N33Q+D96E; D27R+N33Q+D111A;D27R+N33Q+G163K; D27R+N33Q+D254S; D27R+N33Q+P256T; D27R+G38A+G91T;D27R+G38A+D96E; D27R+G38A+D111A; D27R+G38A+G163K; D27R+G38A+D254S;D27R+G38A+P256T; D27R+G91T+D96E; D27R+G91T+D111A; D27R+G91T+G163K;D27R+G91T+D254S; D27R+G91T+P256T; D27R+D96E+D111A; D27R+D96E+G163K;D27R+D96E+D254S; D27R+D96E+P256T; D27R+D111A+G163K; D27R+D111A+D254S;D27R+D111A+P256T; D27R+G163K+D254S; D27R+G163K+P256T; D27R+D254S+P256T;N33Q+G38A+G91T; N33Q+G38A+D96E; N33Q+G38A+D111A; N33Q+G38A+G163K;N33Q+G38A+D254S; N33Q+G38A+P256T; N33Q+G91T+D96E; N33Q+G91T+D111A;N33Q+G91T+G163K; N33Q+G91T+D254S; N33Q+G91T+P256T; N33Q+D96E+D111A;N33Q+D96E+G163K; N33Q+D96E+D254S; N33Q+D96E+P256T; N33Q+D111A+G163K;N33Q+D111A+D254S; N33Q+D111A+P256T; N33Q+G163K+D254S; N33Q+G163K+P256T;N33Q+D254S+P256T; G38A+G91T+D96E; G38A+G91T+D111A; G38A+G91T+G163K;G38A+G91T+D254S; G38A+G91T+P256T; G38A+D96E+D111A; G38A+D96E+G163K;G38A+D96E+D254S; G38A+D96E+P256T; G38A+D111A+G163K; G38A+D111A+D254S;G38A+D111A+P256T; G38A+G163K+D254S; G38A+G163K+P256T; G38A+D254S+P256T;G91T+D96E+D111A; G91T+D96E+G163K; G91T+D96E+D254S; G91T+D96E+P256T;G91T+D111A+G163K; G91T+D111A+D254S; G91T+D111A+P256T; G91T+G163K+D254S;G91T+G163K+P256T; G91T+D254S+P256T; D96E+D111A+G163K; D96E+D111A+D254S;D96E+D111A+P256T; D96E+G163K+D254S; D96E+G163K+P256T; D96E+D254S+P256T;D111A+G163K+D254S; D111A+G163K+P256T; D111A+D254S+P256T; orG163K+D254S+P256T of SEQ ID NO: 2.

In another aspect, the variant comprises or consists of thesubstitutions at positions corresponding to T231R+N233R and one ofD27R+N33Q+G38A+G91T; D27R+N33Q+G38A+D96E; D27R+N33Q+G38A+D111A;D27R+N33Q+G38A+G163K; D27R+N33Q+G38A+D254S; D27R+N33Q+G38A+P256T;D27R+N33Q+G91T+D96E; D27R+N33Q+G91T+D111A; D27R+N33Q+G91T+G163K;D27R+N33Q+G91T+D254S; D27R+N33Q+G91T+P256T; D27R+N33Q+D96E+D111A;D27R+N33Q+D96E+G163K; D27R+N33Q+D96E+D254S; D27R+N33Q+D96E+P256T;D27R+N33Q+D111A+G163K; D27R+N33Q+D111A+D254S; D27R+N33Q+D111A+P256T;D27R+N33Q+G163K+D254S; D27R+N33Q+G163K+P256T; D27R+N33Q+D254S+P256T;D27R+G38A+G91T+D96E; D27R+G38A+G91T+D111A; D27R+G38A+G91T+G163K;D27R+G38A+G91T+D254S; D27R+G38A+G91T+P256T; D27R+G38A+D96E+D111A;D27R+G38A+D96E+G163K; D27R+G38A+D96E+D254S; D27R+G38A+D96E+P256T;D27R+G38A+D111A+G163K; D27R+G38A+D111A+D254S; D27R+G38A+D111A+P256T;D27R+G38A+G163K+D254S; D27R+G38A+G163K+P256T; D27R+G38A+D254S+P256T;D27R+G91T+D96E+D111A; D27R+G91T+D96E+G163K; D27R+G91T+D96E+D254S;D27R+G91T+D96E+P256T; D27R+G91T+D111A+G163K; D27R+G91T+D111A+D254S;D27R+G91T+D111A+P256T; D27R+G91T+G163K+D254S; D27R+G91T+G163K+P256T;D27R+G91T+D254S+P256T; D27R+D96E+D111A+G163K; D27R+D96E+D111A+D254S;D27R+D96E+D111A+P256T; D27R+D96E+G163K+D254S; D27R+D96E+G163K+P256T;D27R+D96E+D254S+P256T; D27R+D111A+G163K+D254S; D27R+D111A+G163K+P256T;D27R+D111A+D254S+P256T; D27R+G163K+D254S+P256T; N33Q+G38A+G91T+D96E;N33Q+G38A+G91T+D111A; N33Q+G38A+G91T+G163K; N33Q+G38A+G91T+D254S;N33Q+G38A+G91T+P256T; N33Q+G38A+D96E+D111A; N33Q+G38A+D96E+G163K;N33Q+G38A+D96E+D254S; N33Q+G38A+D96E+P256T; N33Q+G38A+D111A+G163K;N33Q+G38A+D111A+D254S; N33Q+G38A+D111A+P256T; N33Q+G38A+G163K+D254S;N33Q+G38A+G163K+P256T; N33Q+G38A+D254S+P256T; N33Q+G91T+D96E+D111A;N33Q+G91T+D96E+G163K; N33Q+G91T+D96E+D254S; N33Q+G91T+D96E+P256T;N33Q+G91T+D111A+G163K; N33Q+G91T+D111A+D254S; N33Q+G91T+D111A+P256T;N33Q+G91T+G163K+D254S; N33Q+G91T+G163K+P256T; N33Q+G91T+D254S+P256T;N33Q+D96E+D111A+G163K; N33Q+D96E+D111A+D254S; N33Q+D96E+D111A+P256T;N33Q+D96E+G163K+D254S; N33Q+D96E+G163K+P256T; N33Q+D96E+D254S+P256T;N33Q+D111A+G163K+D254S; N33Q+D111A+G163K+P256T; N33Q+D111A+D254S+P256T;N33Q+G163K+D254S+P256T; G38A+G91T+D96E+D111A; G38A+G91T+D96E+G163K;G38A+G91T+D96E+D254S; G38A+G91T+D96E+P256T; G38A+G91T+D111A+G163K;G38A+G91T+D111A+D254S; G38A+G91T+D111A+P256T; G38A+G91T+G163K+D254S;G38A+G91T+G163K+P256T; G38A+G91T+D254S+P256T; G38A+D96E+D111A+G163K;G38A+D96E+D111A+D254S; G38A+D96E+D111A+P256T; G38A+D96E+G163K+D254S;G38A+D96E+G163K+P256T; G38A+D96E+D254S+P256T; G38A+D111A+G163K+D254S;G38A+D111A+G163K+P256T; G38A+D111A+D254S+P256T; G38A+G163K+D254S+P256T;G91T+D96E+D111A+G163K; G91T+D96E+D111A+D254S; G91T+D96E+D111A+P256T;G91T+D96E+G163K+D254S; G91T+D96E+G163K+P256T; G91T+D96E+D254S+P256T;G91T+D111A+G163K+D254S; G91T+D111A+G163K+P256T; G91T+D111A+D254S+P256T;G91T+G163K+D254S+P256T; D96E+D111A+G163K+D254S; D96E+D111A+G163K+P256T;D96E+D111A+D254S+P256T; D96E+G163K+D254S+P256T; orD111A+G163K+D254S+P256T of SEQ ID NO: 2.

In another aspect, the variant comprises or consists of thesubstitutions at positions corresponding to T231R+N233R and one ofD27R+N33Q+G38A+G91T+D96E; D27R+N33Q+G38A+G91T+D111A;D27R+N33Q+G38A+G91T+G163K; D27R+N33Q+G38A+G91T+D254S;D27R+N33Q+G38A+G91T+P256T; D27R+N33Q+G38A+D96E+D111A;D27R+N33Q+G38A+D96E+G163K; D27R+N33Q+G38A+D96E+D254S;D27R+N33Q+G38A+D96E+P256T; D27R+N33Q+G38A+D111A+G163K;D27R+N33Q+G38A+D111A+D254S; D27R+N33Q+G38A+D111A+P256T;D27R+N33Q+G38A+G163K+D254S; D27R+N33Q+G38A+G163K+P256T;D27R+N33Q+G38A+D254S+P256T; D27R+N33Q+G91T+D96E+D111A;D27R+N33Q+G91T+D96E+G163K; D27R+N33Q+G91T+D96E+D254S;D27R+N33Q+G91T+D96E+P256T; D27R+N33Q+G91T+D111A+G163K;D27R+N33Q+G91T+D111A+D254S; D27R+N33Q+G91T+D111A+P256T;D27R+N33Q+G91T+G163K+D254S; D27R+N33Q+G91T+G163K+P256T;D27R+N33Q+G91T+D254S+P256T; D27R+N33Q+D96E+D111A+G163K;D27R+N33Q+D96E+D111A+D254S; D27R+N33Q+D96E+D111A+P256T;D27R+N33Q+D96E+G163K+D254S; D27R+N33Q+D96E+G163K+P256T;D27R+N33Q+D96E+D254S+P256T; D27R+N33Q+D111A+G163K+D254S;D27R+N33Q+D111A+G163K+P256T; D27R+N33Q+D111A+D254S+P256T;D27R+N33Q+G163K+D254S+P256T; D27R+G38A+G91T+D96E+D111A;D27R+G38A+G91T+D96E+G163K; D27R+G38A+G91T+D96E+D254S;D27R+G38A+G91T+D96E+P256T; D27R+G38A+G91T+D111A+G163K;D27R+G38A+G91T+D111A+D254S; D27R+G38A+G91T+D111A+P256T;D27R+G38A+G91T+G163K+D254S; D27R+G38A+G91T+G163K+P256T;D27R+G38A+G91T+D254S+P256T; D27R+G38A+D96E+D111A+G163K;D27R+G38A+D96E+D111A+D254S; D27R+G38A+D96E+D111A+P256T;D27R+G38A+D96E+G163K+D254S; D27R+G38A+D96E+G163K+P256T;D27R+G38A+D96E+D254S+P256T; D27R+G38A+D111A+G163K+D254S;D27R+G38A+D111A+G163K+P256T; D27R+G38A+D111A+D254S+P256T;D27R+G38A+G163K+D254S+P256T; D27R+G91T+D96E+D111A+G163K;D27R+G91T+D96E+D111A+D254S; D27R+G91T+D96E+D111A+P256T;D27R+G91T+D96E+G163K+D254S; D27R+G91T+D96E+G163K+P256T;D27R+G91T+D96E+D254S+P256T; D27R+G91T+D111A+G163K+D254S;D27R+G91T+D111A+G163K+P256T; D27R+G91T+D111A+D254S+P256T;D27R+G91T+G163K+D254S+P256T; D27R+D96E+D111A+G163K+D254S;D27R+D96E+D111A+G163K+P256T; D27R+D96E+D111A+D254S+P256T;D27R+D96E+G163K+D254S+P256T; D27R+D111A+G163K+D254S+P256T;N33Q+G38A+G91T+D96E+D111A; N33Q+G38A+G91T+D96E+G163K;N33Q+G38A+G91T+D96E+D254S; N33Q+G38A+G91T+D96E+P256T;N33Q+G38A+G91T+D111A+G163K; N33Q+G38A+G91T+D111A+D254S;N33Q+G38A+G91T+D111A+P256T; N33Q+G38A+G91T+G163K+D254S;N33Q+G38A+G91T+G163K+P256T; N33Q+G38A+G91T+D254S+P256T;N33Q+G38A+D96E+D111A+G163K; N33Q+G38A+D96E+D111A+D254S;N33Q+G38A+D96E+D111A+P256T; N33Q+G38A+D96E+G163K+D254S;N33Q+G38A+D96E+G163K+P256T; N33Q+G38A+D96E+D254S+P256T;N33Q+G38A+D111A+G163K+D254S; N33Q+G38A+D111A+G163K+P256T;N33Q+G38A+D111A+D254S+P256T; N33Q+G38A+G163K+D254S+P256T;N33Q+G91T+D96E+D111A+G163K; N33Q+G91T+D96E+D111A+D254S;N33Q+G91T+D96E+D111A+P256T; N33Q+G91T+D96E+G163K+D254S;N33Q+G91T+D96E+G163K+P256T; N33Q+G91T+D96E+D254S+P256T;N33Q+G91T+D111A+G163K+D254S; N33Q+G91T+D111A+G163K+P256T;N33Q+G91T+D111A+D254S+P256T; N33Q+G91T+G163K+D254S+P256T;N33Q+D96E+D111A+G163K+D254S; N33Q+D96E+D111A+G163K+P256T;N33Q+D96E+D111A+D254S+P256T; N33Q+D96E+G163K+D254S+P256T;N33Q+D111A+G163K+D254S+P256T; G38A+G91T+D96E+D111A+G163K;G38A+G91T+D96E+D111A+D254S; G38A+G91T+D96E+D111A+P256T;G38A+G91T+D96E+G163K+D254S; G38A+G91T+D96E+G163K+P256T;G38A+G91T+D96E+D254S+P256T; G38A+G91T+D111A+G163K+D254S;G38A+G91T+D111A+G163K+P256T; G38A+G91T+D111A+D254S+P256T;G38A+G91T+G163K+D254S+P256T; G38A+D96E+D111A+G163K+D254S;G38A+D96E+D111A+G163K+P256T; G38A+D96E+D111A+D254S+P256T;G38A+D96E+G163K+D254S+P256T; G38A+D111A+G163K+D254S+P256T;G91T+D96E+D111A+G163K+D254S; G91T+D96E+D111A+G163K+P256T;G91T+D96E+D111A+D254S+P256T; G91T+D96E+G163K+D254S+P256T;G91T+D111A+G163K+D254S+P256T; or D96E+D111A+G163K+D254S+P256T of SEQ IDNO: 2.

In another aspect, the variant comprises or consists of thesubstitutions at positions corresponding to T231R+N233R and one ofD27R+N33Q+G38A+G91T+D96E+D111A; D27R+N33Q+G38A+G91T+D96E+G163K;D27R+N33Q+G38A+G91T+D96E+D254S; D27R+N33Q+G38A+G91T+D96E+P256T;D27R+N33Q+G38A+G91T+D111A+G163K; D27R+N33Q+G38A+G91T+D111A+D254S;D27R+N33Q+G38A+G91T+D111A+P256T; D27R+N33Q+G38A+G91T+G163K+D254S;D27R+N33Q+G38A+G91T+G163K+P256T; D27R+N33Q+G38A+G91T+D254S+P256T;D27R+N33Q+G38A+D96E+D111A+G163K; D27R+N33Q+G38A+D96E+D111A+D254S;D27R+N33Q+G38A+D96E+D111A+P256T; D27R+N33Q+G38A+D96E+G163K+D254S;D27R+N33Q+G38A+D96E+G163K+P256T; D27R+N33Q+G38A+D96E+D254S+P256T;D27R+N33Q+G38A+D111A+G163K+D254S; D27R+N33Q+G38A+D111A+G163K+P256T;D27R+N33Q+G38A+D111A+D254S+P256T; D27R+N33Q+G38A+G163K+D254S+P256T;D27R+N33Q+G91T+D96E+D111A+G163K; D27R+N33Q+G91T+D96E+D111A+D254S;D27R+N33Q+G91T+D96E+D111A+P256T; D27R+N33Q+G91T+D96E+G163K+D254S;D27R+N33Q+G91T+D96E+G163K+P256T; D27R+N33Q+G91T+D96E+D254S+P256T;D27R+N33Q+G91T+D111A+G163K+D254S; D27R+N33Q+G91T+D111A+G163K+P256T;D27R+N33Q+G91T+D111A+D254S+P256T; D27R+N33Q+G91T+G163K+D254S+P256T;D27R+N33Q+D96E+D111A+G163K+D254S; D27R+N33Q+D96E+D111A+G163K+P256T;D27R+N33Q+D96E+D111A+D254S+P256T; D27R+N33Q+D96E+G163K+D254S+P256T;D27R+N33Q+D111A+G163K+D254S+P256T; D27R+G38A+G91T+D96E+D111A+G163K;D27R+G38A+G91T+D96E+D111A+D254S; D27R+G38A+G91T+D96E+D111A+P256T;D27R+G38A+G91T+D96E+G163K+D254S; D27R+G38A+G91T+D96E+G163K+P256T;D27R+G38A+G91T+D96E+D254S+P256T; D27R+G38A+G91T+D111A+G163K+D254S;D27R+G38A+G91T+D111A+G163K+P256T; D27R+G38A+G91T+D111A+D254S+P256T;D27R+G38A+G91T+G163K+D254S+P256T; D27R+G38A+D96E+D111A+G163K+D254S;D27R+G38A+D96E+D111A+G163K+P256T; D27R+G38A+D96E+D111A+D254S+P256T;D27R+G38A+D96E+G163K+D254S+P256T; D27R+G38A+D111A+G163K+D254S+P256T;D27R+G91T+D96E+D111A+G163K+D254S; D27R+G91T+D96E+D111A+G163K+P256T;D27R+G91T+D96E+D111A+D254S+P256T; D27R+G91T+D96E+G163K+D254S+P256T;D27R+G91T+D111A+G163K+D254S+P256T; D27R+D96E+D111A+G163K+D254S+P256T;N33Q+G38A+G91T+D96E+D111A+G163K; N33Q+G38A+G91T+D96E+D111A+D254S;N33Q+G38A+G91T+D96E+D111A+P256T; N33Q+G38A+G91T+D96E+G163K+D254S;N33Q+G38A+G91T+D96E+G163K+P256T; N33Q+G38A+G91T+D96E+D254S+P256T;N33Q+G38A+G91T+D111A+G163K+D254S; N33Q+G38A+G91T+D111A+G163K+P256T;N33Q+G38A+G91T+D111A+D254S+P256T; N33Q+G38A+G91T+G163K+D254S+P256T;N33Q+G38A+D96E+D111A+G163K+D254S; N33Q+G38A+D96E+D111A+G163K+P256T;N33Q+G38A+D96E+D111A+D254S+P256T; N33Q+G38A+D96E+G163K+D254S+P256T;N33Q+G38A+D111A+G163K+D254S+P256T; N33Q+G91T+D96E+D111A+G163K+D254S;N33Q+G91T+D96E+D111A+G163K+P256T; N33Q+G91T+D96E+D111A+D254S+P256T;N33Q+G91T+D96E+G163K+D254S+P256T; N33Q+G91T+D111A+G163K+D254S+P256T;N33Q+D96E+D111A+G163K+D254S+P256T; G38A+G91T+D96E+D111A+G163K+D254S;G38A+G91T+D96E+D111A+G163K+P256T; G38A+G91T+D96E+D111A+D254S+P256T;G38A+G91T+D96E+G163K+D254S+P256T; G38A+G91T+D111A+G163K+D254S+P256T;G38A+D96E+D111A+G163K+D254S+P256T; or G91T+D96E+D111A+G163K+D254S+P256Tof SEQ ID NO: 2.

In another aspect, the variant comprises or consists of thesubstitutions at positions corresponding to T231R+N233R and one ofD27R+N33Q+G38A+G91T+D96E+D111A+G163K;D27R+N33Q+G38A+G91T+D96E+D111A+D254S;D27R+N33Q+G38A+G91T+D96E+D111A+P256T;D27R+N33Q+G38A+G91T+D96E+G163K+D254S;D27R+N33Q+G38A+G91T+D96E+G163K+P256T;D27R+N33Q+G38A+G91T+D96E+D254S+P256T;D27R+N33Q+G38A+G91T+D111A+G163K+D254S;D27R+N33Q+G38A+G91T+D111A+G163K+P256T;D27R+N33Q+G38A+G91T+D111A+D254S+P256T;D27R+N33Q+G38A+G91T+G163K+D254S+P256T;D27R+N33Q+G38A+D96E+D111A+G163K+D254S;D27R+N33Q+G38A+D96E+D111A+G163K+P256T;D27R+N33Q+G38A+D96E+D111A+D254S+P256T;D27R+N33Q+G38A+D96E+G163K+D254S+P256T;D27R+N33Q+G38A+D111A+G163K+D254S+P256T;D27R+N33Q+G91T+D96E+D111A+G163K+D254S;D27R+N33Q+G91T+D96E+D111A+G163K+P256T;D27R+N33Q+G91T+D96E+D111A+D254S+P256T;D27R+N33Q+G91T+D96E+G163K+D254S+P256T;D27R+N33Q+G91T+D111A+G163K+D254S+P256T;D27R+N33Q+D96E+D111A+G163K+D254S+P256T;D27R+G38A+G91T+D96E+D111A+G163K+D254S;D27R+G38A+G91T+D96E+D111A+G163K+P256T;D27R+G38A+G91T+D96E+D111A+D254S+P256T;D27R+G38A+G91T+D96E+G163K+D254S+P256T;D27R+G38A+G91T+D111A+G163K+D254S+P256T;D27R+G38A+D96E+D111A+G163K+D254S+P256T;D27R+G91T+D96E+D111A+G163K+D254S+P256T;N33Q+G38A+G91T+D96E+D111A+G163K+D254S;N33Q+G38A+G91T+D96E+D111A+G163K+P256T;N33Q+G38A+G91T+D96E+D111A+D254S+P256T;N33Q+G38A+G91T+D96E+G163K+D254S+P256T;N33Q+G38A+G91T+D111A+G163K+D254S+P256T;N33Q+G38A+D96E+D111A+G163K+D254S+P256T;N33Q+G91T+D96E+D111A+G163K+D254S+P256T; orG38A+G91T+D96E+D111A+G163K+D254S+P256T of SEQ ID NO: 2.

In another aspect, the variant comprises or consists of thesubstitutions at positions corresponding to T231R+N233R and one ofD27R+N33Q+G38A+G91T+D96E+D111A+G163K+D254S;D27R+N33Q+G38A+G91T+D96E+D111A+G163K+P256T;D27R+N33Q+G38A+G91T+D96E+D111A+D254S+P256T;D27R+N33Q+G38A+G91T+D96E+G163K+D254S+P256T;D27R+N33Q+G38A+G91T+D111A+G163K+D254S+P256T;D27R+N33Q+G38A+D96E+D111A+G163K+D254S+P256T;D27R+N33Q+G91T+D96E+D111A+G163K+D254S+P256T;D27R+G38A+G91T+D96E+D111A+G163K+D254S+P256T; orN33Q+G38A+G91T+D96E+D111A+G163K+D254S+P256T of SEQ ID NO: 2.

In another aspect, the variant comprises or consists of thesubstitutions at positions corresponding to T231R+N233R andD27R+N33Q+G38A+G91T+D96E+D111A+G163K+D254S+P256T of SEQ ID NO: 2.

In another aspect, the variants comprise or consist of the substitutionsat positions corresponding to the following of SEQ ID No: 2:

D96E T231R N233R; N33Q D96E T231R N233R; N33Q D111A T231R N233R; N33QT231R N233R P256T; N33Q G38A G91T G163K T231R N233R D254S; N33Q G38AG91T D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R D254S P256T; D27R N33Q G38A D96E D111AG163K T231R N233R D254S P256T; D27R N33Q G38A G91T D96E D111A G163KT231R N233R P256T; D27R N33Q G38A G91T D96E D111A G163K T231R N233RD254S; D27R G38A G91T D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R D254S P256T; D96ET231R N233R D254S; T231R N233R D254S P256T; G163K T231R N233R D254S;D27R N33Q G38A G91T D96E G163K T231R N233R D254S P256T; D27R G91T D96ED111A G163K T231R N233R D254S P256T; D96E G163K T231R N233R D254S; D27RG163K T231R N233R D254S; D27R G38A G91T D96E D111A G163K T231R N233RD254S; D27R G38A G91T D96E G163K T231R N233R D254S P256T; D27R G38A D96ED111A G163K T231R N233R D254S P256T: D27R D96E G163K T231R N233R D254S;D27R D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R D254S P256T; D27R G38A D96E G163KT231R N233R D254S P256T; D27R G38A D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R D254S;D27R D96E G163K T231R N233R; D27R D96E G163K T231R N233R D254S P256T;D27R D96E D111A G163D T231R N233R D254S P256T; D27R D96E D111A G163KT231R N233R D254S; D27R D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R P256T; D27R D111AG163K T231R N233R D254S P256T; D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R D254S P256T;D27R G38A D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R P256T; D27R G38A D96E D111A T231RN233R D254S P256T; D27R G38A D96E G163K T231R N233R D254S P256T; D27RD96E G163K T231R N233R D254S P256T; D27R N33Q G38A G91T D111A G163KT231R N233R D254S P256T; D27R G38A D111A G163K T231R N233R D254S P256T;D111A G163K T231R N233R D254S P256T D111A T231R N233R D111A T231R N233RD254S P256T D27R D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R D27R D96E D111A T231RN233R D27R G38A D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R D254S P256T D27R N33Q G38AD96E D111A T231R N233R D254S P256T D27R G38A D96E D111A G163K E210QT231R N233R D254S P256T D27R T231R N233R D254S P256T D96E D111A G163KT231R N233R D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R D254S P256T D96E D111A G163KT231R N233R P256T D96E D111A T231R N233R D96E D111A T231R N233R D254SD96E D111A T231R N233R P256T D96E G163K T231R N233R D254S P256T D96ET231R N233R D254S P256T D96E T231R N233R P256T G38A D96E D111A T231RN233R G91T D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R D254S P256T G91T D96E D111AT231R N233R G91T D96E T231R N233R G91T T231R N233R D254S P256T N33Q D96ED111A G163K T231R N233R D254S P256T T231R N233R D254S P256T T231R N233RP256T

The variants may further comprise one or more additional substitutionsat one or more (e.g., several) other positions.

The amino acid changes may be of a minor nature, that is conservativeamino acid substitutions or insertions that do not significantly affectthe folding and/or activity of the protein; small deletions, typicallyof 1-30 amino acids; small amino- or carboxyl-terminal extensions, suchas an amino-terminal methionine residue; a small linker peptide of up to20-25 residues; or a small extension that facilitates purification bychanging net charge or another function, such as a poly-histidine tract,an antigenic epitope or a binding domain.

Examples of conservative substitutions are within the groups of basicamino acids (arginine, lysine and histidine), acidic amino acids(glutamic acid and aspartic acid), polar amino acids (glutamine andasparagine), hydrophobic amino acids (leucine, isoleucine and valine),aromatic amino acids (phenylalanine, tryptophan and tyrosine), and smallamino acids (glycine, alanine, serine, threonine and methionine). Aminoacid substitutions that do not generally alter specific activity areknown in the art and are described, for example, by H. Neurath and R. L.Hill, 1979, In, The Proteins, Academic Press, New York. Commonsubstitutions are Ala/Ser, Val/Ile, Asp/Glu, Thr/Ser, Ala/Gly, Ala/Thr,Ser/Asn, Ala/Val, Ser/Gly, Tyr/Phe, Ala/Pro, Lys/Arg, Asp/Asn, Leu/Ile,Leu/Val, Ala/Glu, and Asp/Gly.

Alternatively, the amino acid changes are of such a nature that thephysico-chemical properties of the polypeptides are altered. Forexample, amino acid changes may improve the thermal stability of thepolypeptide, alter the substrate specificity, change the pH optimum, andthe like.

Essential amino acids in a polypeptide can be identified according toprocedures known in the art, such as site-directed mutagenesis oralanine-scanning mutagenesis (Cunningham and Wells, 1989, Science 244:1081-1085). In the latter technique, single alanine mutations areintroduced at every residue in the molecule, and the resultant mutantmolecules are tested for lipase activity to identify amino acid residuesthat are critical to the activity of the molecule. See also, Hilton etal., 1996, J. Biol. Chem. 271: 4699-4708. The active site of the enzymeor other biological interaction can also be determined by physicalanalysis of structure, as determined by such techniques as nuclearmagnetic resonance, crystallography, electron diffraction, orphotoaffinity labeling, in conjunction with mutation of putative contactsite amino acids. See, for example, de Vos et al., 1992, Science 255:306-312; Smith et al., 1992, J. Mol. Biol. 224: 899-904; Wlodaver etal., 1992, FEBS Lett. 309: 59-64. The identity of essential amino acidscan also be inferred from an alignment with a related polypeptide.

The variants may consist or contain at least 50%, at least 55%, at least60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least85%, at least 90%, or at least 95% of the number of amino acids of SEQID NO: 2.

In an embodiment, the variant has improved stability in detergent withprotease present compared to the parent lipase.

In an embodiment, the variant has improved detergent stability comparedto the parent lipase.

In an embodiment, the variant has improved protease stability comparedto the parent lipase.

In an embodiment, the variant has improved chemical stability comparedto the parent lipase.

In an embodiment, the variant has improved oxidation stability comparedto the parent lipase.

In an embodiment, the variant has improved pH stability compared to theparent lipase.

In an embodiment, the variant has improved stability under storageconditions compared to the parent lipase.

In an embodiment, the variant has improved thermostability compared tothe parent lipase.

Parent Lipases

The parent lipase may be (a) a polypeptide having at least 60% sequenceidentity to the polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 2; (b) a polypeptide encodedby a polynucleotide that hybridizes under low stringency conditions with(i) the polypeptide coding sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, (ii) thefull-length complement of (i); or (c) a polypeptide encoded by apolynucleotide having at least 60% sequence identity to the polypeptidecoding sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1.

In an aspect, the parent has a sequence identity to the polypeptide ofSEQ ID NO: 2 of at least 60%, e.g., at least 65%, at least 70%, at least75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or 100%, which have lipase activity. Inone aspect, the amino acid sequence of the parent differs by up to 40amino acids, e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15,16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33,34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, or 40 from the polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 2.

In another aspect, the parent comprises or consists of the amino acidsequence of SEQ ID NO: 2.

In another aspect, the parent is a fragment of the polypeptide of SEQ IDNO: 2 containing at least 50%, at least 55%, at least 60%, at least 65%,at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, orat least 95% of the number of amino acids of SEQ ID NO: 2.

In another embodiment, the parent is an allelic variant of thepolypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 2.

In another aspect, the parent is encoded by a polynucleotide thathybridizes under very low stringency conditions, low stringencyconditions, medium stringency conditions, medium-high stringencyconditions, high stringency conditions, or very high stringencyconditions with (i) the polypeptide coding sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1,(ii) the full-length complement of (i) (Sambrook et al., 1989, MolecularCloning, A Laboratory Manual, 2d edition, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y.).

The polynucleotide of SEQ ID NO: 1 or a subsequence thereof, as well asthe polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 2 or a fragment thereof, may be used todesign nucleic acid probes to identify and clone DNA encoding a parentfrom strains of different genera or species according to methods wellknown in the art. In particular, such probes can be used forhybridization with the genomic DNA or cDNA of a cell of interest,following standard Southern blotting procedures, in order to identifyand isolate the corresponding gene therein. Such probes can beconsiderably shorter than the entire sequence, but should be at least15, e.g., at least 25, at least 35, or at least 70 nucleotides inlength. Preferably, the nucleic acid probe is at least 100 nucleotidesin length, e.g., at least 200 nucleotides, at least 300 nucleotides, atleast 400 nucleotides, at least 500 nucleotides, at least 600nucleotides, at least 700 nucleotides, at least 800 nucleotides, or atleast 900 nucleotides in length. Both DNA and RNA probes can be used.The probes are typically labeled for detecting the corresponding gene(for example, with ³²P, ³H, ³⁵S, biotin, or avidin). Such probes areencompassed by the present invention.

A genomic DNA or cDNA library prepared from such other strains may bescreened for DNA that hybridizes with the probes described above andencodes a parent. Genomic or other DNA from such other strains may beseparated by agarose or polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis, or otherseparation techniques. DNA from the libraries or the separated DNA maybe transferred to and immobilized on nitrocellulose or other suitablecarrier material. In order to identify a clone or DNA that hybridizeswith SEQ ID NO: 1 or a subsequence thereof, the carrier material is usedin a Southern blot.

For purposes of the present invention, hybridization indicates that thepolynucleotide hybridizes to a labeled nucleic acid probe correspondingto (i) SEQ ID NO: 1; (ii) the polypeptide coding sequence of SEQ ID NO:1; (iii) the full-length complement thereof; or (iv) a subsequencethereof; under very low to very high stringency conditions. Molecules towhich the nucleic acid probe hybridizes under these conditions can bedetected using, for example, X-ray film or any other detection meansknown in the art.

In one aspect, the nucleic acid probe is the polypeptide coding sequenceof SEQ ID NO: 1. In another aspect, the nucleic acid probe is at least50%, at least 55%, at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, or at least 95% of thenumber of nucleotides of SEQ ID NO: 1. In another aspect, the nucleicacid probe is a polynucleotide that encodes the polypeptide of SEQ IDNO: 2; the polypeptide thereof; or a fragment thereof. In anotheraspect, the nucleic acid probe is SEQ ID NO: 1.

In another embodiment, the parent is encoded by a polynucleotide havinga sequence identity to the polypeptide coding sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1of at least 60%, e.g., at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, atleast 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, atleast 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, atleast 98%, at least 99%, or 100%.

The polypeptide may be a hybrid polypeptide in which a region of onepolypeptide is fused at the N-terminus or the C-terminus of a region ofanother polypeptide.

The parent may be a fusion polypeptide or cleavable fusion polypeptidein which another polypeptide is fused at the N-terminus or theC-terminus of the polypeptide of the present invention. A fusionpolypeptide is produced by fusing a polynucleotide encoding anotherpolypeptide to a polynucleotide of the present invention. Techniques forproducing fusion polypeptides are known in the art, and include ligatingthe coding sequences encoding the polypeptides so that they are in frameand that expression of the fusion polypeptide is under control of thesame promoter(s) and terminator. Fusion polypeptides may also beconstructed using intein technology in which fusion polypeptides arecreated post-translationally (Cooper et al., 1993, EMBO J. 12:2575-2583; Dawson et al., 1994, Science 266: 776-779).

A fusion polypeptide can further comprise a cleavage site between thetwo polypeptides. Upon secretion of the fusion protein, the site iscleaved releasing the two polypeptides. Examples of cleavage sitesinclude, but are not limited to, the sites disclosed in Martin et al.,2003, J. Ind. Microbiol. Biotechnol. 3: 568-576; Svetina et al., 2000,J. Biotechnol. 76: 245-251; Rasmussen-Wilson et al., 1997, Appl.Environ. Microbiol. 63: 3488-3493; Ward et al., 1995, Biotechnology 13:498-503; and Contreras et al., 1991, Biotechnology 9: 378-381; Eaton etal., 1986, Biochemistry 25: 505-512; Collins-Racie et al., 1995,Biotechnology 13: 982-987; Carter et al., 1989, Proteins: Structure,Function, and Genetics 6: 240-248; and Stevens, 2003, Drug DiscoveryWorld 4: 35-48.

The parent may be obtained from microorganisms of any genus. Forpurposes of the present invention, the term “obtained from” as usedherein in connection with a given source shall mean that the parentencoded by a polynucleotide is produced by the source or by a strain inwhich the polynucleotide from the source has been inserted. In oneaspect, the parent is secreted extracellularly.

The parent may be a bacterial lipase. For example, the parent may be aGram-positive bacterial polypeptide such as a Bacillus, Clostridium,Enterococcus, Geobacillus, Lactobacillus, Lactococcus, Oceanobacillus,Staphylococcus, Streptococcus, Streptomyces or Thermobifida lipase, or aGram-negative bacterial polypeptide such as a Campylobacter, E. coli,Flavobacterium, Fusobacterium, Helicobacter, Ilyobacter, Neisseria,Pseudomonas, Salmonella, or Ureaplasma lipase.

In one aspect, the parent is a Bacillus alkalophilus, Bacillusamyloliquefaciens, Bacillus brevis, Bacillus circulans, Bacillusclausii, Bacillus coagulans, Bacillus firmus, Bacillus lautus, Bacilluslentus, Bacillus licheniformis, Bacillus megaterium, Bacillus pumilus,Bacillus stearothermophilus, Bacillus subtilis, or Bacillusthuringiensis lipase.

In another aspect, the parent is a Streptococcus equisimilis,Streptococcus pyogenes, Streptococcus uberis, or Streptococcus equisubsp. Zooepidemicus lipase.

In another aspect, the parent is a Streptomyces achromogenes,Streptomyces avermitilis, Streptomyces coelicolor, Streptomyces griseus,or Streptomyces lividans lipase.

In another aspect, the parent is a Thermobifida alba or Thermobifidafusca (formerly known as Thermomonaspora fusca) lipase.

The parent may be a fungal lipase. For example, the parent may be ayeast lipase such as a Candida, Kluyveromyces, Pichia, Saccharomyces,Schizosaccharomyces, or Yarrowia lipase; or a filamentous fungal lipasesuch as an Acremonium, Agaricus, Alternaria, Aspergillus, Aureobasidium,Botryosphaeria, Ceriporiopsis, Chaetomidium, Chrysosporium, Claviceps,Cochliobolus, Coprinopsis, Coptotermes, Corynascus, Cryphonectria,Cryptococcus, Diplodia, Exidia, Filibasidium, Fusarium, Gibberella,Holomastigotoides, Humicola, Irpex, Lentinula, Leptospaeria,Magnaporthe, Melanocarpus, Meripilus, Mucor, Myceliophthora,Neocallimastix, Neurospora, Paecilomyces, Penicillium, Phanerochaete,Piromyces, Poitrasia, Pseudoplectania, Pseudotrichonympha, Rhizomucor,Schizophyllum, Scytalidium, Talaromyces, Thermoascus, Thielavia,Tolypocladium, Trichoderma, Trichophaea, Verticillium, Volvariella, orXylaria lipase.

In another aspect, the parent is a Saccharomyces carlsbergensis,Saccharomyces cerevisiae, Saccharomyces diastaticus, Saccharomycesdouglasii, Saccharomyces kluyveri, Saccharomyces norbensis, orSaccharomyces oviformis lipase.

In another aspect, the parent is an Acremonium cellulolyticus,Aspergillus aculeatus, Aspergillus awamori, Aspergillus foetidus,Aspergillus fumigatus, Aspergillus japonicus, Aspergillus nidulans,Aspergillus niger, Aspergillus oryzae, Chrysosporium inops,Chrysosporium keratinophilum, Chrysosporium lucknowense, Chrysosporiummerdarium, Chrysosporium pannicola, Chrysosporium queenslandicum,Chrysosporium tropicum, Chrysosporium zonatum, Fusarium bactridioides,Fusarium cerealis, Fusarium crookwellense, Fusarium culmorum, Fusariumgraminearum, Fusarium graminum, Fusarium heterosporum, Fusarium negundi,Fusarium oxysporum, Fusarium reticulatum, Fusarium roseum, Fusariumsambucinum, Fusarium sarcochroum, Fusarium sporotrichioides, Fusariumsulphureum, Fusarium torulosum, Fusarium trichothecioides, Fusariumvenenatum, Humicola grisea, Humicola insolens, Humicola lanuginosa,Irpex lacteus, Mucor miehei, Myceliophthora thermophila, Neurosporacrassa, Penicillium funiculosum, Penicillium purpurogenum, Phanerochaetechrysosporium, Thielavia achromatica, Thielavia albomyces, Thielaviaalbopilosa, Thielavia australeinsis, Thielavia fimeti, Thielaviamicrospora, Thielavia ovispora, Thielavia peruviana, Thielavia setosa,Thielavia spededonium, Thielavia subthermophila, Thielavia terrestris,Trichoderma harzianum, Trichoderma koningii, Trichodermalongibrachiatum, Trichoderma reesei, or Trichoderma viride lipase.

In another aspect, the parent is a Thermomyces lanuginosus lipase, e.g.,the lipase of SEQ ID NO: 2.

It will be understood that for the aforementioned species, the inventionencompasses both the perfect and imperfect states, and other taxonomicequivalents, e.g., anamorphs, regardless of the species name by whichthey are known. Those skilled in the art will readily recognize theidentity of appropriate equivalents.

Strains of these species are readily accessible to the public in anumber of culture collections, such as the American Type CultureCollection (ATCC), Deutsche Sammlung von Mikroorganismen andZellkulturen GmbH (DSMZ), Centraalbureau Voor Schimmelcultures (CBS),and Agricultural Research Service Patent Culture Collection, NorthernRegional Research Center (NRRL).

The parent may be identified and obtained from other sources includingmicroorganisms isolated from nature (e.g., soil, composts, water, etc.)or DNA samples obtained directly from natural materials (e.g., soil,composts, water, etc.) using the above-mentioned probes. Techniques forisolating microorganisms and DNA directly from natural habitats are wellknown in the art. A polynucleotide encoding a parent may then beobtained by similarly screening a genomic DNA or cDNA library of anothermicroorganism or mixed DNA sample. Once a polynucleotide encoding aparent has been detected with the probe(s), the polynucleotide can beisolated or cloned by utilizing techniques that are known to those ofordinary skill in the art (see, e.g., Sambrook et al., 1989, supra).

Preparation of Variants

The present invention also relates to methods for obtaining lipasevariants comprising: (a) introducing substitutions at positionscorresponding to T231R+N233R and at least one or more (e.g., several) ofD96E, D111A, D254S, G163K, P256T, G91T, G38A, D27R, and N33Q of SEQ IDNO: 2; (b) selecting the variant which has lipase activity and incomparison with the parent lipase has improved stability; and (c)recovering the variant.

The variants can be prepared using any mutagenesis procedure known inthe art, such as site-directed mutagenesis, synthetic gene construction,semi-synthetic gene construction, random mutagenesis, shuffling, etc.

Site-directed mutagenesis is a technique in which one or more (e.g.,several) mutations are introduced at one or more defined sites in apolynucleotide encoding the parent lipase.

Site-directed mutagenesis can be accomplished in vitro by PCR involvingthe use of oligonucleotide primers containing the desired mutation.Site-directed mutagenesis can also be performed in vitro by cassettemutagenesis involving the cleavage by a restriction enzyme at a site inthe plasmid comprising a polynucleotide encoding the parent lipase andsubsequent ligation of an oligonucleotide containing the mutation in thepolynucleotide. Usually the restriction enzyme that digests the plasmidand the oligonucleotide is the same, permitting sticky ends of theplasmid and the insert to ligate to one another. See, e.g., Scherer andDavis, 1979, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 76: 4949-4955; and Barton etal., 1990, Nucleic Acids Res. 18: 7349-4966.

Site-directed mutagenesis can also be accomplished in vivo by methodsknown in the art. See, e.g., US2004/0171154; Storici et al., 2001,Nature Biotechnol. 19: 773-776; Kren et al., 1998, Nat. Med. 4: 285-290;and Calissano and Macino, 1996, Fungal Genet. Newslett. 43: 15-16.

Any site-directed mutagenesis procedure can be used in the presentinvention. There are many commercial kits available that can be used toprepare variants.

Synthetic gene construction entails in vitro synthesis of a designedpolynucleotide molecule to encode a polypeptide of interest. Genesynthesis can be performed utilizing a number of techniques, such as themultiplex microchip-based technology described by Tian et al. (2004,Nature 432: 1050-1054) and similar technologies wherein oligonucleotidesare synthesized and assembled upon photo-programmable microfluidicchips.

Single or multiple amino acid substitutions, deletions, and/orinsertions can be made and tested using known methods of mutagenesis,recombination, and/or shuffling, followed by a relevant screeningprocedure, such as those disclosed by Reidhaar-Olson and Sauer, 1988,Science 241: 53-57; Bowie and Sauer, 1989, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA86: 2152-2156; WO95/17413; or WO95/22625. Other methods that can be usedinclude error-prone PCR, phage display (e.g., Lowman et al., 1991,Biochemistry 30: 10832-10837; U.S. Pat. No. 5,223,409; WO 92/06204) andregion-directed mutagenesis (Derbyshire et al., 1986, Gene 46: 145; Neret al., 1988, DNA 7: 127).

Mutagenesis/shuffling methods can be combined with high-throughput,automated screening methods to detect activity of cloned, mutagenizedpolypeptides expressed by host cells (Ness et al., 1999, NatureBiotechnology 17: 893-896). Mutagenized DNA molecules that encode activepolypeptides can be recovered from the host cells and rapidly sequencedusing standard methods in the art. These methods allow the rapiddetermination of the importance of individual amino acid residues in apolypeptide.

Semi-synthetic gene construction is accomplished by combining aspects ofsynthetic gene construction, and/or site-directed mutagenesis, and/orrandom mutagenesis, and/or shuffling. Semi-synthetic construction istypified by a process utilizing polynucleotide fragments that aresynthesized, in combination with PCR techniques. Defined regions ofgenes may thus be synthesized de novo, while other regions may beamplified using site-specific mutagenic primers, while yet other regionsmay be subjected to error-prone PCR or non-error prone PCRamplification. Polynucleotide subsequences may then be shuffled.

Polynucleotides

The present invention also relates to isolated polynucleotides encodinga variant of the present invention. In certain aspects the presentinvention relates to a nucleic acid construct comprising thepolynucleotide of the invention. In certain aspects the presentinvention relates to an expression vector comprising the polynucleotideof the invention. In certain aspects the present invention relates to ahost cell comprising the polynucleotide of the invention. In certainaspects the present invention relates to a method of producing a lipasevariant, comprising: (a) cultivating the host cell of the inventionunder conditions suitable for expression of the variant; and (b)recovering the variant.

Nucleic Acid Constructs

The present invention also relates to nucleic acid constructs comprisinga polynucleotide encoding a variant of the present invention operablylinked to one or more control sequences that direct the expression ofthe coding sequence in a suitable host cell under conditions compatiblewith the control sequences.

The polynucleotide may be manipulated in a variety of ways to providefor expression of a variant. Manipulation of the polynucleotide prior toits insertion into a vector may be desirable or necessary depending onthe expression vector. The techniques for modifying polynucleotidesutilizing recombinant DNA methods are well known in the art.

The control sequence may be a promoter, a polynucleotide which isrecognized by a host cell for expression of the polynucleotide. Thepromoter contains transcriptional control sequences that mediate theexpression of the variant. The promoter may be any polynucleotide thatshows transcriptional activity in the host cell including mutant,truncated, and hybrid promoters, and may be obtained from genes encodingextracellular or intracellular polypeptides either homologous orheterologous to the host cell.

Examples of suitable promoters for directing transcription of thenucleic acid constructs of the present invention in a bacterial hostcell are the promoters obtained from the Bacillus amyloliquefaciensalpha-amylase gene (amyQ), Bacillus licheniformis alpha-amylase gene(amyL), Bacillus licheniformis penicillinase gene (penP), Bacillusstearothermophilus maltogenic amylase gene (amyM), Bacillus subtilislevansucrase gene (sacB), Bacillus subtilis xylA and xylB genes,Bacillus thuringiensis cryIIIA gene (Agaisse and Lereclus, 1994,Molecular Microbiology 13: 97-107), E. coli lac operon, E. coli trcpromoter (Egon et al., 1988, Gene 69: 301-315), Streptomyces coelicoloragarase gene (dagA), and prokaryotic beta-lactamase gene (Villa-Kamaroffet al., 1978, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 75: 3727-3731), as well as thetac promoter (DeBoer et al., 1983, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 80:21-25). Further promoters are described in “Useful proteins fromrecombinant bacteria” in Gilbert et al., 1980, Scientific American 242:74-94; and in Sambrook et al., 1989, supra. Examples of tandem promotersare disclosed in WO 99/43835.

Examples of suitable promoters for directing transcription of thenucleic acid constructs of the present invention in a filamentous fungalhost cell are promoters obtained from the genes for Aspergillus nidulansacetamidase, Aspergillus niger neutral alpha-amylase, Aspergillus nigeracid stable alpha-amylase, Aspergillus niger or Aspergillus awamoriglucoamylase (glaA), Aspergillus oryzae TAKA amylase, Aspergillus oryzaealkaline protease, Aspergillus oryzae triose phosphate isomerase,Fusarium oxysporum trypsin-like protease (WO96/00787), Fusariumvenenatum amyloglucosidase (WO00/56900), Fusarium venenatum Daria(WO00/56900), Fusarium venenatum Quinn (WO00/56900), Rhizomucor mieheilipase, Rhizomucor miehei aspartic proteinase, Trichoderma reeseibeta-glucosidase, Trichoderma reesei cellobiohydrolase I, Trichodermareesei cellobiohydrolase II, Trichoderma reesei endoglucanase I,Trichoderma reesei endoglucanase II, Trichoderma reesei endoglucanaseIII, Trichoderma reesei endoglucanase IV, Trichoderma reeseiendoglucanase V, Trichoderma reesei xylanase I, Trichoderma reeseixylanase II, Trichoderma reesei beta-xylosidase, as well as the NA2-tpipromoter (a modified promoter from an Aspergillus neutral alpha-amylasegene in which the untranslated leader has been replaced by anuntranslated leader from an Aspergillus triose phosphate isomerase gene;non-limiting examples include modified promoters from an Aspergillusniger neutral alpha-amylase gene in which the untranslated leader hasbeen replaced by an untranslated leader from an Aspergillus nidulans orAspergillus oryzae triose phosphate isomerase gene); and mutant,truncated, and hybrid promoters thereof.

In a yeast host, useful promoters are obtained from the genes forSaccharomyces cerevisiae enolase (ENO-1), Saccharomyces cerevisiaegalactokinase (GAL1), Saccharomyces cerevisiae alcoholdehydrogenase/glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase (ADH1, ADH2/GAP),Saccharomyces cerevisiae triose phosphate isomerase (TPI), Saccharomycescerevisiae metallothionein (CUP1), and Saccharomyces cerevisiae3-phosphoglycerate kinase. Other useful promoters for yeast host cellsare described by Romanos et al., 1992, Yeast 8: 423-488.

The control sequence may also be a transcription terminator, which isrecognized by a host cell to terminate transcription. The terminatorsequence is operably linked to the 3′-terminus of the polynucleotideencoding the variant. Any terminator that is functional in the host cellmay be used.

Preferred terminators for bacterial host cells are obtained from thegenes for Bacillus clausii alkaline protease (aprH), Bacilluslicheniformis alpha-amylase (amyL), and Escherichia coli ribosomal RNA(rrnB).

Preferred terminators for filamentous fungal host cells are obtainedfrom the genes for Aspergillus nidulans anthranilate synthase,Aspergillus niger glucoamylase, Aspergillus niger alpha-glucosidase,Aspergillus oryzae TAKA amylase, and Fusarium oxysporum trypsin-likeprotease.

Preferred terminators for yeast host cells are obtained from the genesfor Saccharomyces cerevisiae enolase, Saccharomyces cerevisiaecytochrome C (CYC1), and Saccharomyces cerevisiaeglyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase. Other useful terminators foryeast host cells are described by Romanos et al., 1992, supra.

The control sequence may also be an mRNA stabilizer region downstream ofa promoter and upstream of the coding sequence of a gene which increasesexpression of the gene.

Examples of suitable mRNA stabilizer regions are obtained from aBacillus thuringiensis cryIIIA gene (WO94/25612) and a Bacillus subtilisSP82 gene (Hue et al., 1995, Journal of Bacteriology 177: 3465-3471).

The control sequence may also be a leader, a nontranslated region of anmRNA that is important for translation by the host cell. The leadersequence is operably linked to the 5′-terminus of the polynucleotideencoding the variant. Any leader that is functional in the host cell maybe used.

Preferred leaders for filamentous fungal host cells are obtained fromthe genes for Aspergillus oryzae TAKA amylase and Aspergillus nidulanstriose phosphate isomerase.

Suitable leaders for yeast host cells are obtained from the genes forSaccharomyces cerevisiae enolase (ENO-1), Saccharomyces cerevisiae3-phosphoglycerate kinase, Saccharomyces cerevisiae alpha-factor, andSaccharomyces cerevisiae alcoholdehydrogenase/glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase (ADH2/GAP).

The control sequence may also be a polyadenylation sequence, a sequenceoperably linked to the 3′-terminus of the variant-encoding sequence and,when transcribed, is recognized by the host cell as a signal to addpolyadenosine residues to transcribed mRNA. Any polyadenylation sequencethat is functional in the host cell may be used.

Preferred polyadenylation sequences for filamentous fungal host cellsare obtained from the genes for Aspergillus nidulans anthranilatesynthase, Aspergillus niger glucoamylase, Aspergillus nigeralpha-glucosidase, Aspergillus oryzae TAKA amylase, and Fusariumoxysporum trypsin-like protease.

Useful polyadenylation sequences for yeast host cells are described byGuo and Sherman, 1995, Mol. Cellular Biol. 15: 5983-5990.

The control sequence may also be a signal peptide coding region thatencodes a signal peptide linked to the N-terminus of a variant anddirects the variant into the cell's secretory pathway. The 5′-end of thecoding sequence of the polynucleotide may inherently contain a signalpeptide coding sequence naturally linked in translation reading framewith the segment of the coding sequence that encodes the variant.Alternatively, the 5′-end of the coding sequence may contain a signalpeptide coding sequence that is foreign to the coding sequence. Aforeign signal peptide coding sequence may be required where the codingsequence does not naturally contain a signal peptide coding sequence.Alternatively, a foreign signal peptide coding sequence may simplyreplace the natural signal peptide coding sequence in order to enhancesecretion of the variant. However, any signal peptide coding sequencethat directs the expressed variant into the secretory pathway of a hostcell may be used.

Effective signal peptide coding sequences for bacterial host cells arethe signal peptide coding sequences obtained from the genes for BacillusNCIB 11837 maltogenic amylase, Bacillus licheniformis subtilisin,Bacillus licheniformis beta-lactamase, Bacillus stearothermophilusalpha-amylase, Bacillus stearothermophilus neutral proteases (nprT,nprS, nprM), and Bacillus subtilis prsA. Further signal peptides aredescribed by Simonen and Palva, 1993, Microbiological Reviews 57:109-137.

Effective signal peptide coding sequences for filamentous fungal hostcells are the signal peptide coding sequences obtained from the genesfor Aspergillus niger neutral amylase, Aspergillus niger glucoamylase,Aspergillus oryzae TAKA amylase, Humicola insolens cellulase, Humicolainsolens endoglucanase V, Humicola lanuginosa lipase, and Rhizomucormiehei aspartic proteinase.

Useful signal peptides for yeast host cells are obtained from the genesfor Saccharomyces cerevisiae alpha-factor and Saccharomyces cerevisiaeinvertase. Other useful signal peptide coding sequences are described byRomanos et al., 1992, supra.

The control sequence may also be a propeptide coding sequence thatencodes a propeptide positioned at the N-terminus of a variant. Theresultant polypeptide is known as a proenzyme or propolypeptide (or azymogen in some cases). A propolypeptide is generally inactive and canbe converted to an active polypeptide by catalytic or autocatalyticcleavage of the propeptide from the propolypeptide. The propeptidecoding sequence may be obtained from the genes for Bacillus subtilisalkaline protease (aprE), Bacillus subtilis neutral protease (nprT),Myceliophthora thermophila laccase (WO95/33836), Rhizomucor mieheiaspartic proteinase, and Saccharomyces cerevisiae alpha-factor.

Where both signal peptide and propeptide sequences are present, thepropeptide sequence is positioned next to the N-terminus of the variantand the signal peptide sequence is positioned next to the N-terminus ofthe propeptide sequence.

It may also be desirable to add regulatory sequences that regulateexpression of the variant relative to the growth of the host cell.Examples of regulatory systems are those that cause expression of thegene to be turned on or off in response to a chemical or physicalstimulus, including the presence of a regulatory compound. Regulatorysystems in prokaryotic systems include the lac, tac, and trp operatorsystems. In yeast, the ADH2 system or GAL1 system may be used. Infilamentous fungi, the Aspergillus niger glucoamylase promoter,Aspergillus oryzae TAKA alpha-amylase promoter, and Aspergillus oryzaeglucoamylase promoter may be used. Other examples of regulatorysequences are those that allow for gene amplification. In eukaryoticsystems, these regulatory sequences include the dihydrofolate reductasegene that is amplified in the presence of methotrexate, and themetallothionein genes that are amplified with heavy metals. In thesecases, the polynucleotide encoding the variant would be operably linkedwith the regulatory sequence.

Expression Vectors

The present invention also relates to recombinant expression vectorscomprising a polynucleotide encoding a variant of the present invention,a promoter, and transcriptional and translational stop signals. Thevarious nucleotide and control sequences may be joined together toproduce a recombinant expression vector that may include one or moreconvenient restriction sites to allow for insertion or substitution ofthe polynucleotide encoding the variant at such sites. Alternatively,the polynucleotide may be expressed by inserting the polynucleotide or anucleic acid construct comprising the polynucleotide into an appropriatevector for expression. In creating the expression vector, the codingsequence is located in the vector so that the coding sequence isoperably linked with the appropriate control sequences for expression.

The recombinant expression vector may be any vector (e.g., a plasmid orvirus) that can be conveniently subjected to recombinant DNA proceduresand can bring about expression of the polynucleotide. The choice of thevector will typically depend on the compatibility of the vector with thehost cell into which the vector is to be introduced. The vector may be alinear or closed circular plasmid.

The vector may be an autonomously replicating vector, i.e., a vectorthat exists as an extrachromosomal entity, the replication of which isindependent of chromosomal replication, e.g., a plasmid, anextrachromosomal element, a minichromosome, or an artificial chromosome.The vector may contain any means for assuring self-replication.Alternatively, the vector may be one that, when introduced into the hostcell, it is integrated into the genome and replicated together with thechromosome(s) into which it has been integrated. Furthermore, a singlevector or plasmid or two or more vectors or plasmids that togethercontain the total DNA to be introduced into the genome of the host cell,or a transposon, may be used.

The vector preferably contains one or more selectable markers thatpermit easy selection of transformed, transfected, transduced, or thelike cells. A selectable marker is a gene the product of which providesfor biocide or viral resistance, resistance to heavy metals, prototrophyto auxotrophs, and the like.

Examples of bacterial selectable markers are Bacillus licheniformis orBacillus subtilis dal genes, or markers that confer antibioticresistance such as ampicillin, chloramphenicol, kanamycin, neomycin,spectinomycin or tetracycline resistance. Suitable markers for yeasthost cells include, but are not limited to, ADE2, HIS3, LEU2, LYS2,MET3, TRP1, and URA3. Selectable markers for use in a filamentous fungalhost cell include, but are not limited to, amdS (acetamidase), argB(ornithine carbamoyltransferase), bar (phosphinothricinacetyltransferase), hph (hygromycin phosphotransferase), niaD (nitratereductase), pyrG (orotidine-5′-phosphate decarboxylase), sC (sulfateadenyltransferase), and trpC (anthranilate synthase), as well asequivalents thereof. Preferred for use in an Aspergillus cell areAspergillus nidulans or Aspergillus oryzae amdS and pyrG genes and aStreptomyces hygroscopicus bar gene.

The vector preferably contains an element(s) that permits integration ofthe vector into the host cell's genome or autonomous replication of thevector in the cell independent of the genome.

For integration into the host cell genome, the vector may rely on thepolynucleotide's sequence encoding the variant or any other element ofthe vector for integration into the genome by homologous ornon-homologous recombination. Alternatively, the vector may containadditional polynucleotides for directing integration by homologousrecombination into the genome of the host cell at a precise location(s)in the chromosome(s). To increase the likelihood of integration at aprecise location, the integrational elements should contain a sufficientnumber of nucleic acids, such as 100 to 10,000 base pairs, 400 to 10,000base pairs, and 800 to 10,000 base pairs, which have a high degree ofsequence identity to the corresponding target sequence to enhance theprobability of homologous recombination. The integrational elements maybe any sequence that is homologous with the target sequence in thegenome of the host cell. Furthermore, the integrational elements may benon-encoding or encoding polynucleotides. On the other hand, the vectormay be integrated into the genome of the host cell by non-homologousrecombination.

For autonomous replication, the vector may further comprise an origin ofreplication enabling the vector to replicate autonomously in the hostcell in question. The origin of replication may be any plasmidreplicator mediating autonomous replication that functions in a cell.The term “origin of replication” or “plasmid replicator” means apolynucleotide that enables a plasmid or vector to replicate in vivo.

Examples of bacterial origins of replication are the origins ofreplication of plasmids pBR322, pUC19, pACYC177, and pACYC184 permittingreplication in E. coli, and pUB110, pE194, pTA1060, and pAMR1 permittingreplication in Bacillus.

Examples of origins of replication for use in a yeast host cell are the2 micron origin of replication, ARS1, ARS4, the combination of ARS1 andCEN3, and the combination of ARS4 and CEN6.

Examples of origins of replication useful in a filamentous fungal cellare AMA1 and ANSI (Gems et al., 1991, Gene 98: 61-67; Cullen et al.,1987, Nucleic Acids Res. 15: 9163-9175; WO 00/24883). Isolation of theAMA1 gene and construction of plasmids or vectors comprising the genecan be accomplished according to the methods disclosed in WO 00/24883.

More than one copy of a polynucleotide of the present invention may beinserted into a host cell to increase production of a variant. Anincrease in the copy number of the polynucleotide can be obtained byintegrating at least one additional copy of the sequence into the hostcell genome or by including an amplifiable selectable marker gene withthe polynucleotide where cells containing amplified copies of theselectable marker gene, and thereby additional copies of thepolynucleotide, can be selected for by cultivating the cells in thepresence of the appropriate selectable agent.

The procedures used to ligate the elements described above to constructthe recombinant expression vectors of the present invention are wellknown to one skilled in the art (see, e.g., Sambrook et al., 1989,supra).

Host Cells

The present invention also relates to recombinant host cells, comprisinga polynucleotide encoding a variant of the present invention operablylinked to one or more control sequences that direct the production of avariant of the present invention. A construct or vector comprising apolynucleotide is introduced into a host cell so that the construct orvector is maintained as a chromosomal integrant or as a self-replicatingextra-chromosomal vector as described earlier. The term “host cell”encompasses any progeny of a parent cell that is not identical to theparent cell due to mutations that occur during replication. The choiceof a host cell will to a large extent depend upon the gene encoding thevariant and its source.

The host cell may be any cell useful in the recombinant production of avariant, e.g., a prokaryote or a eukaryote.

The prokaryotic host cell may be any Gram-positive or Gram-negativebacterium. Gram-positive bacteria include, but are not limited to,Bacillus, Clostridium, Enterococcus, Geobacillus, Lactobacillus,Lactococcus, Oceanobacillus, Staphylococcus, Streptococcus, andStreptomyces. Gram-negative bacteria include, but are not limited to,Campylobacter, E. coli, Flavobacterium, Fusobacterium, Helicobacter,Ilyobacter, Neisseria, Pseudomonas, Salmonella, and Ureaplasma.

The bacterial host cell may be any Bacillus cell including, but notlimited to, Bacillus alkalophilus, Bacillus amyloliquefaciens, Bacillusbrevis, Bacillus circulans, Bacillus clausii, Bacillus coagulans,Bacillus firmus, Bacillus lautus, Bacillus lentus, Bacilluslicheniformis, Bacillus megaterium, Bacillus pumilus, Bacillusstearothermophilus, Bacillus subtilis, and Bacillus thuringiensis cells.

The bacterial host cell may also be any Streptococcus cell including,but not limited to, Streptococcus equisimilis, Streptococcus pyogenes,Streptococcus uberis, and Streptococcus equi subsp. Zooepidemicus cells.

The bacterial host cell may also be any Streptomyces cell, including,but not limited to, Streptomyces achromogenes, Streptomyces avermitilis,Streptomyces coelicolor, Streptomyces griseus, and Streptomyces lividanscells.

The introduction of DNA into a Bacillus cell may be effected byprotoplast transformation (see, e.g., Chang and Cohen, 1979, Mol. Gen.Genet. 168: 111-115), competent cell transformation (see, e.g., Youngand Spizizen, 1961, J. Bacteriol. 81: 823-829, or Dubnau andDavidoff-Abelson, 1971, J. Mol. Biol. 56: 209-221), electroporation(see, e.g., Shigekawa and Dower, 1988, Biotechniques 6: 742-751), orconjugation (see, e.g., Koehler and Thorne, 1987, J. Bacteriol. 169:5271-5278). The introduction of DNA into an E. coli cell may be effectedby protoplast transformation (see, e.g., Hanahan, 1983, J. Mol. Biol.166: 557-580) or electroporation (see, e.g., Dower et al., 1988, NucleicAcids Res. 16: 6127-6145). The introduction of DNA into a Streptomycescell may be effected by protoplast transformation, electroporation (see,e.g., Gong et al., 2004, Folia Microbiol. (Praha) 49: 399-405),conjugation (see, e.g., Mazodier et al., 1989, J. Bacteriol. 171:3583-3585), or transduction (see, e.g., Burke et al., 2001, Proc. Natl.Acad. Sci. USA 98: 6289-6294). The introduction of DNA into aPseudomonas cell may be effected by electroporation (see, e.g., Choi etal., 2006, J. Microbiol. Methods 64: 391-397), or conjugation (see,e.g., Pinedo and Smets, 2005, Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 71: 51-57). Theintroduction of DNA into a Streptococcus cell may be effected by naturalcompetence (see, e.g., Perry and Kuramitsu, 1981, Infect. Immun. 32:1295-1297), protoplast transformation (see, e.g., Catt and Jollick,1991, Microbios 68: 189-207), electroporation (see, e.g., Buckley etal., 1999, Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 65: 3800-3804) or conjugation (see,e.g., Clewell, 1981, Microbiol. Rev. 45: 409-436). However, any methodknown in the art for introducing DNA into a host cell can be used.

The host cell may also be a eukaryote, such as a mammalian, insect,plant, or fungal cell.

The host cell may be a fungal cell. “Fungi” as used herein includes thephyla Ascomycota, Basidiomycota, Chytridiomycota, and Zygomycota as wellas the Oomycota and all mitosporic fungi (as defined by Hawksworth etal., In, Ainsworth and Bisby's Dictionary of The Fungi, 8th edition,1995, CAB International, University Press, Cambridge, UK).

The fungal host cell may be a yeast cell. “Yeast” as used hereinincludes ascosporogenous yeast (Endomycetales), basidiosporogenousyeast, and yeast belonging to the Fungi Imperfecti (Blastomycetes).Since the classification of yeast may change in the future, for thepurposes of this invention, yeast shall be defined as described inBiology and Activities of Yeast (Skinner, Passmore, and Davenport,editors, Soc. App. Bacteriol. Symposium Series No. 9, 1980).

The yeast host cell may be a Candida, Hansenula, Kluyveromyces, Pichia,Saccharomyces, Schizosaccharomyces, or Yarrowia cell such as aKluyveromyces lactis, Saccharomyces carlsbergensis, Saccharomycescerevisiae, Saccharomyces diastaticus, Saccharomyces douglasii,Saccharomyces kluyveri, Saccharomyces norbensis, Saccharomycesoviformis, or Yarrowia lipolytica cell.

The fungal host cell may be a filamentous fungal cell. “Filamentousfungi” include all filamentous forms of the subdivision Eumycota andOomycota (as defined by Hawksworth et al., 1995, supra). The filamentousfungi are generally characterized by a mycelial wall composed of chitin,cellulose, glucan, chitosan, mannan, and other complex polysaccharides.Vegetative growth is by hyphal elongation and carbon catabolism isobligately aerobic. In contrast, vegetative growth by yeasts such asSaccharomyces cerevisiae is by budding of a unicellular thallus andcarbon catabolism may be fermentative.

The filamentous fungal host cell may be an Acremonium, Aspergillus,Aureobasidium, Bjerkandera, Ceriporiopsis, Chrysosporium, Coprinus,Coriolus, Cryptococcus, Filibasidium, Fusarium, Humicola, Magnaporthe,Mucor, Myceliophthora, Neocaffimastix, Neurospora, Paecilomyces,Penicillium, Phanerochaete, Phlebia, Piromyces, Pleurotus,Schizophyllum, Talaromyces, Thermoascus, Thielavia, Tolypocladium,Trametes, or Trichoderma cell.

For example, the filamentous fungal host cell may be an Aspergillusawamori, Aspergillus foetidus, Aspergillus fumigatus, Aspergillusjaponicus, Aspergillus nidulans, Aspergillus niger, Aspergillus oryzae,Bjerkandera adusta, Ceriporiopsis aneirina, Ceriporiopsis caregiea,Ceriporiopsis gilvescens, Ceriporiopsis pannocinta, Ceriporiopsisrivulosa, Ceriporiopsis subrufa, Ceriporiopsis subvermispora,Chrysosporium inops, Chrysosporium keratinophilum, Chrysosporiumlucknowense, Chrysosporium merdarium, Chrysosporium pannicola,Chrysosporium queenslandicum, Chrysosporium tropicum, Chrysosporiumzonatum, Coprinus cinereus, Coriolus hirsutus, Fusarium bactridioides,Fusarium cerealis, Fusarium crookwellense, Fusarium culmorum, Fusariumgraminearum, Fusarium graminum, Fusarium heterosporum, Fusarium negundi,Fusarium oxysporum, Fusarium reticulatum, Fusarium roseum, Fusariumsambucinum, Fusarium sarcochroum, Fusarium sporotrichioides, Fusariumsulphureum, Fusarium torulosum, Fusarium trichothecioides, Fusariumvenenatum, Humicola insolens, Humicola lanuginosa, Mucor miehei,Myceliophthora thermophila, Neurospora crassa, Penicillium purpurogenum,Phanerochaete chrysosporium, Phlebia radiata, Pleurotus eryngii,Thielavia terrestris, Trametes villosa, Trametes versicolor, Trichodermaharzianum, Trichoderma koningii, Trichoderma longibrachiatum,Trichoderma reesei, or Trichoderma viride cell.

Fungal cells may be transformed by a process involving protoplastformation, transformation of the protoplasts, and regeneration of thecell wall in a manner known per se. Suitable procedures fortransformation of Aspergillus and Trichoderma host cells are describedin EP238023, Yelton et al., 1984, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 81:1470-1474, and Christensen et al., 1988, Bio/Technology 6: 1419-1422.Suitable methods for transforming Fusarium species are described byMalardier et al., 1989, Gene 78: 147-156, and WO96/00787. Yeast may betransformed using the procedures described by Becker and Guarente, InAbelson, J. N. and Simon, M. I., editors, Guide to Yeast Genetics andMolecular Biology, Methods in Enzymology, Volume 194, pp 182-187,Academic Press, Inc., New York; Ito et al., 1983, J. Bacteriol. 153:163; and Hinnen et al., 1978, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 75: 1920.

Methods of Production

The present invention also relates to methods of producing a variant,comprising: (a) cultivating a host cell of the present invention underconditions suitable for expression of the variant; and (b) recoveringthe variant.

The host cells are cultivated in a nutrient medium suitable forproduction of the variant using methods known in the art. For example,the cell may be cultivated by shake flask cultivation, or small-scale orlarge-scale fermentation (including continuous, batch, fed-batch, orsolid state fermentations) in laboratory or industrial fermentorsperformed in a suitable medium and under conditions allowing the variantto be expressed and/or isolated. The cultivation takes place in asuitable nutrient medium comprising carbon and nitrogen sources andinorganic salts, using procedures known in the art. Suitable media areavailable from commercial suppliers or may be prepared according topublished compositions (e.g., in catalogues of the American Type CultureCollection). If the variant is secreted into the nutrient medium, thevariant can be recovered directly from the medium. If the variant is notsecreted, it can be recovered from cell lysates.

The variant may be detected using methods known in the art that arespecific for the variants. These detection methods include, but are notlimited to, use of specific antibodies, formation of an enzyme product,or disappearance of an enzyme substrate. For example, an enzyme assaymay be used to determine the activity of the variant such as thosedescribed in the examples.

The variant may be recovered using methods known in the art. Forexample, the variant may be recovered from the nutrient medium byconventional procedures including, but not limited to, collection,centrifugation, filtration, extraction, spray-drying, evaporation, orprecipitation.

The variant may be purified by a variety of procedures known in the artincluding, but not limited to, chromatography (e.g., ion exchange,affinity, hydrophobic, chromatofocusing, and size exclusion),electrophoretic procedures (e.g., preparative isoelectric focusing),differential solubility (e.g., ammonium sulfate precipitation),SDS-PAGE, or extraction (see, e.g., Protein Purification, Janson andRyden, editors, VCH Publishers, New York, 1989) to obtain substantiallypure variants.

In an alternative aspect, the variant is not recovered, but rather ahost cell of the present invention expressing the variant is used as asource of the variant.

Compositions

Compositions comprising the polypeptide of the present inventions arecontemplated.

In certain aspects the present invention relates to detergentcomposition comprising a variant of a parent lipase which variant haslipase activity, has at least 60% but less than 100% sequence identitywith SEQ ID NO: 2, and comprises substitutions at positionscorresponding to T231R+N233R and at least one or more (e.g., several) ofD96E, D111A, D254S, G163K, P256T, G91T, and G38A, of SEQ ID NO: 2. Incertain aspects the composition further comprises substitutions atpositions corresponding to D27R and/or N33Q of SEQ ID NO: 2.

In certain aspects said variant has increased stability in comparisonwith the parent lipase. In certain aspects the stability is stabilityunder storage conditions, stability in the presence of surfactants;stability in the presence of protease, stability in the presence ofprotease and surfactants; stability in the presence of detergentcomponents; chemical stability, oxidation stability, pH stability,and/or thermostability. The increased stability may be expressed as ahalflife improvement factor (HIF) above 1 as described in Example 1. Incertain aspects the variants has a HIF above 1.0; above 1.5; above 2.0;above 2.5; above 3.0; above 3.5; above 4.0; above 4.5; above 5.0; above5.5; or above 6.0.

The non-limiting list of composition components illustrated hereinafterare suitable for use in the compositions and methods herein may bedesirably incorporated in certain embodiments of the invention, e.g. toassist or enhance cleaning performance, for treatment of the substrateto be cleaned, or to modify the aesthetics of the composition as is thecase with perfumes, colorants, dyes or the like. The levels of any suchcomponents incorporated in any compositions are in addition to anymaterials previously recited for incorporation. The precise nature ofthese additional components, and levels of incorporation thereof, willdepend on the physical form of the composition and the nature of thecleaning operation for which it is to be used. Although componentsmentioned below are categorized by general header according to aparticular functionality, this is not to be construed as a limitation,as a component may comprise additional functionalities as will beappreciated by the skilled artisan.

Unless otherwise indicated the amounts in percentage is by weight of thecomposition (wt %). Suitable component materials include, but are notlimited to, surfactants, builders, chelating agents, dye transferinhibiting agents, dispersants, enzymes, and enzyme stabilizers,catalytic materials, bleach activators, hydrogen peroxide, sources ofhydrogen peroxide, preformed peracids, polymeric dispersing agents, claysoil removal/anti-redeposition agents, brighteners, suds suppressors,dyes, hueing dyes, perfumes, perfume delivery systems, structureelasticizing agents, fabric softeners, carriers, hydrotropes, processingaids, solvents and/or pigments. In addition to the disclosure below,suitable examples of such other components and levels of use are foundin U.S. Pat. No. 5,576,282, 6,306,812, and U.S. Pat. No. 6,326,348hereby incorporated by reference.

Thus, in certain embodiments the invention do not contain one or more ofthe following adjuncts materials: surfactants, soaps, builders,chelating agents, dye transfer inhibiting agents, dispersants,additional enzymes, enzyme stabilizers, catalytic materials, bleachactivators, hydrogen peroxide, sources of hydrogen peroxide, preformedperacids, polymeric dispersing agents, clay soilremoval/anti-redeposition agents, brighteners, suds suppressors, dyes,perfumes, perfume delivery systems, structure elasticizing agents,fabric softeners, carriers, hydrotropes, processing aids, solventsand/or pigments. However, when one or more components are present, suchone or more components may be present as detailed below:

Surfactants—

The compositions according to the present invention may comprise asurfactant or surfactant system wherein the surfactant can be selectedfrom nonionic surfactants, anionic surfactants, cationic surfactants,ampholytic surfactants, zwitterionic surfactants, semi-polar nonionicsurfactants and mixtures thereof. When present, surfactant is typicallypresent at a level of from 0.1 to 60 wt %, from 0.2 to 40 wt %, from 0.5to 30 wt %, from 1 to 50 wt %, from 1 to 40 wt %, from 1 to 30 wt %,from 1 to 20 wt %, from 3 to 10 wt %, from 3 to 5 wt %, from 5 to 40 wt%, from 5 to 30 wt %, from 5 to 15 wt %, from 3 to 20 wt %, from 3 to 10wt %, from 8 to 12 wt %, from 10 to 12 wt %, from 20 to 25 wt % or from25-60%.

Suitable anionic detersive surfactants include sulphate and sulphonatedetersive surfactants.

Suitable sulphonate detersive surfactants include alkyl benzenesulphonate, in one aspect, C₁₀₋₁₃ alkyl benzene sulphonate. Suitablealkyl benzene sulphonate (LAS) may be obtained, by sulphonatingcommercially available linear alkyl benzene (LAB); suitable LAB includeslow 2-phenyl LAB, such as Isochem® or Petrelab®, other suitable LABinclude high 2-phenyl LAB, such as Hyblene®. A suitable anionicdetersive surfactant is alkyl benzene sulphonate that is obtained byDETAL catalyzed process, although other synthesis routes, such as HF,may also be suitable. In one aspect a magnesium salt of LAS is used.

Suitable sulphate detersive surfactants include alkyl sulphate, in oneaspect, C₈₋₁₈ alkyl sulphate, or predominantly C₁₂ alkyl sulphate.

Another suitable sulphate detersive surfactant is alkyl alkoxylatedsulphate, in one aspect, alkyl ethoxylated sulphate, in one aspect, aC₈₋₁₈ alkyl alkoxylated sulphate, in another aspect, a C₈₋₁₈ alkylethoxylated sulphate, typically the alkyl alkoxylated sulphate has anaverage degree of alkoxylation of from 0.5 to 20, or from 0.5 to 10,typically the alkyl alkoxylated sulphate is a C₈₋₁₈ alkyl ethoxylatedsulphate having an average degree of ethoxylation of from 0.5 to 10,from 0.5 to 7, from 0.5 to 5 or from 0.5 to 3.

The alkyl sulphate, alkyl alkoxylated sulphate and alkyl benzenesulphonates may be linear or branched, substituted or un-substituted.

The detersive surfactant may be a mid-chain branched detersivesurfactant, in one aspect, a mid-chain branched anionic detersivesurfactant, in one aspect, a mid-chain branched alkyl sulphate and/or amid-chain branched alkyl benzene sulphonate, e.g. a mid-chain branchedalkyl sulphate. In one aspect, the mid-chain branches are C₁₋₄ alkylgroups, typically methyl and/or ethyl groups.

Non-limiting examples of anionic surfactants include sulfates andsulfonates, in particular, linear alkylbenzenesulfonates (LAS), isomersof LAS, branched alkylbenzenesulfonates (BABS), phenylalkanesulfonates,alpha-olefinsulfonates (AOS), olefin sulfonates, alkene sulfonates,alkane-2,3-diylbis(sulfates), hydroxyalkanesulfonates and disulfonates,alkyl sulfates (AS) such as sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS), fatty alcoholsulfates (FAS), primary alcohol sulfates (PAS), alcohol ethersulfates(AES or AEOS or FES, also known as alcohol ethoxysulfates or fattyalcohol ether sulfates), secondary alkanesulfonates (SAS), paraffinsulfonates (PS), ester sulfonates, sulfonated fatty acid glycerolesters, alpha-sulfo fatty acid methyl esters (alpha-SFMe or SES)including methyl ester sulfonate (MES), alkyl- or alkenylsuccinic acid,dodecenyl/tetradecenyl succinic acid (DTSA), fatty acid derivatives ofamino acids, diesters and monoesters of sulfo-succinic acid or soap, andcombinations thereof.

Suitable non-ionic detersive surfactants are selected from the groupconsisting of: C₈-C₁₈ alkyl ethoxylates, such as, NEODOL®; C₆-C₁₂ alkylphenol alkoxylates wherein the alkoxylate units may be ethyleneoxyunits, propyleneoxy units or a mixture thereof; C₁₂-C₁₈ alcohol andC₆-C₁₂ alkyl phenol condensates with ethylene oxide/propylene oxideblock polymers such as Pluronic®; C₁₄-C₂₂ mid-chain branched alcohols;C₁₄-C₂₂ mid-chain branched alkyl alkoxylates, typically having anaverage degree of alkoxylation of from 1 to 30; alkylpolysaccharides, inone aspect, alkylpolyglycosides; polyhydroxy fatty acid amides; ethercapped poly(oxyalkylated) alcohol surfactants; and mixtures thereof.

Suitable non-ionic detersive surfactants include alkyl polyglucosideand/or an alkyl alkoxylated alcohol.

In one aspect, non-ionic detersive surfactants include alkyl alkoxylatedalcohols, in one aspect C₈₋₁₈ alkyl alkoxylated alcohol, e.g. a C₈₋₁₈alkyl ethoxylated alcohol, the alkyl alkoxylated alcohol may have anaverage degree of alkoxylation of from 1 to 50, from 1 to 30, from 1 to20, or from 1 to 10. In one aspect, the alkyl alkoxylated alcohol may bea C₈₋₁₈ alkyl ethoxylated alcohol having an average degree ofethoxylation of from 1 to 10, from 1 to 7, more from 1 to 5 or from 3 to7. The alkyl alkoxylated alcohol can be linear or branched, andsubstituted or un-substituted. Suitable nonionic surfactants includeLutensol®.

Non-limiting examples of nonionic surfactants include alcoholethoxylates (AE or AEO), alcohol propoxylates, propoxylated fattyalcohols (PFA), alkoxylated fatty acid alkyl esters, such as ethoxylatedand/or propoxylated fatty acid alkyl esters, alkylphenol ethoxylates(APE), nonylphenol ethoxylates (NPE), alkylpolyglycosides (APG),alkoxylated amines, fatty acid monoethanolamides (FAM), fatty aciddiethanolamides (FADA), ethoxylated fatty acid monoethanolamides (EFAM),propoxylated fatty acid monoethanolamides (PFAM), polyhydroxyalkyl fattyacid amides, or N-acyl N-alkyl derivatives of glucosamine (glucamides,GA, or fatty acid glucamides, FAGA), as well as products available underthe trade names SPAN and TWEEN, and combinations thereof.

Suitable cationic detersive surfactants include alkyl pyridiniumcompounds, alkyl quaternary ammonium compounds, alkyl quaternaryphosphonium compounds, alkyl ternary sulphonium compounds, and mixturesthereof.

Suitable cationic detersive surfactants are quaternary ammoniumcompounds having the general formula: (R)(R₁)(R₂)(R₃)N⁺ X⁻, wherein, Ris a linear or branched, substituted or unsubstituted C₆₋₁₈ alkyl oralkenyl moiety, R₁ and R₂ are independently selected from methyl orethyl moieties, R₃ is a hydroxyl, hydroxymethyl or a hydroxyethylmoiety, X is an anion which provides charge neutrality, suitable anionsinclude: halides, e.g. chloride; sulphate; and sulphonate. Suitablecationic detersive surfactants are mono-C₆₋₁₈ alkyl mono-hydroxyethyldi-methyl quaternary ammonium chlorides. Highly suitable cationicdetersive surfactants are mono-C₈₋₁₀ alkyl mono-hydroxyethyl di-methylquaternary ammonium chloride, mono-C₁₀₋₁₂ alkyl mono-hydroxyethyldi-methyl quaternary ammonium chloride and mono-C₁₀ alkylmono-hydroxyethyl di-methyl quaternary ammonium chloride.

Non-limiting examples of cationic surfactants includealkyldimethylethanolamine quat (ADMEAQ), cetyltrimethylammonium bromide(CTAB), dimethyldistearylammonium chloride (DSDMAC), andalkylbenzyldimethylammonium, alkyl quaternary ammonium compounds,alkoxylated quaternary ammonium (AQA) compounds, ester quats, andcombinations thereof.

Suitable amphoteric/zwitterionic surfactants include amine oxides andbetaines such as alkyldimethylbetaines, sulfobetaines, or combinationsthereof. Amine-neutralized anionic surfactants—Anionic surfactants ofthe present invention and adjunct anionic cosurfactants, may exist in anacid form, and said acid form may be neutralized to form a surfactantsalt which is desirable for use in the present detergent compositions.Typical agents for neutralization include the metal counterion base suchas hydroxides, eg, NaOH or KOH. Further preferred agents forneutralizing anionic surfactants of the present invention and adjunctanionic surfactants or cosurfactants in their acid forms includeammonia, amines, or alkanolamines. Alkanolamines are preferred. Suitablenon-limiting examples including monoethanolamine, diethanolamine,triethanolamine, and other linear or branched alkanolamines known in theart; e.g., highly preferred alkanolamines include 2-amino-1-propanol,1-aminopropanol, monoisopropanolamine, or 1-amino-3-propanol. Amineneutralization may be done to a full or partial extent, e.g. part of theanionic surfactant mix may be neutralized with sodium or potassium andpart of the anionic surfactant mix may be neutralized with amines oralkanolamines.

Non-limiting examples of semipolar surfactants include amine oxides (AO)such as alkyldimethylamineoxide

Surfactant systems comprising mixtures of one or more anionic and inaddition one or more nonionic surfactants optionally with an additionalsurfactant such as a cationic surfactant, may be preferred. Preferredweight ratios of anionic to nonionic surfactant are at least 2:1, or atleast 1:1 to 1:10.

In one aspect a surfactant system may comprise a mixture of isoprenoidsurfactants represented by formula A and formula B:

where Y is CH₂ or null, and Z may be chosen such that the resultingsurfactant is selected from the following surfactants: an alkylcarboxylate surfactant, an alkyl polyalkoxy surfactant, an alkyl anionicpolyalkoxy sulfate surfactant, an alkyl glycerol ester sulfonatesurfactant, an alkyl dimethyl amine oxide surfactant, an alkylpolyhydroxy based surfactant, an alkyl phosphate ester surfactant, analkyl glycerol sulfonate surfactant, an alkyl polygluconate surfactant,an alkyl polyphosphate ester surfactant, an alkyl phosphonatesurfactant, an alkyl polyglycoside surfactant, an alkyl monoglycosidesurfactant, an alkyl diglycoside surfactant, an alkyl sulfosuccinatesurfactant, an alkyl disulfate surfactant, an alkyl disulfonatesurfactant, an alkyl sulfosuccinamate surfactant, an alkyl glucamidesurfactant, an alkyl taurinate surfactant, an alkyl sarcosinatesurfactant, an alkyl glycinate surfactant, an alkyl isethionatesurfactant, an alkyl dialkanolamide surfactant, an alkylmonoalkanolamide surfactant, an alkyl monoalkanolamide sulfatesurfactant, an alkyl diglycolamide surfactant, an alkyl diglycolamidesulfate surfactant, an alkyl glycerol ester surfactant, an alkylglycerol ester sulfate surfactant, an alkyl glycerol ether surfactant,an alkyl glycerol ether sulfate surfactant, alkyl methyl ester sulfonatesurfactant, an alkyl polyglycerol ether surfactant, an alkylpolyglycerol ether sulfate surfactant, an alkyl sorbitan estersurfactant, an alkyl ammonioalkanesulfonate surfactant, an alkylamidopropyl betaine surfactant, an alkyl allylated quat basedsurfactant, an alkyl monohydroxyalkyl-di-alkylated quat basedsurfactant, an alkyl di-hydroxyalkyl monoalkyl quat based surfactant, analkylated quat surfactant, an alkyl trimethylammonium quat surfactant,an alkyl polyhydroxalkyl oxypropyl quat based surfactant, an alkylglycerol ester quat surfactant, an alkyl glycol amine quat surfactant,an alkyl monomethyl dihydroxyethyl quaternary ammonium surfactant, analkyl dimethyl monohydroxyethyl quaternary ammonium surfactant, an alkyltrimethylammonium surfactant, an alkyl imidazoline-based surfactant, analken-2-yl-succinate surfactant, an alkyl a-sulfonated carboxylic acidsurfactant, an alkyl a-sulfonated carboxylic acid alkyl estersurfactant, an alpha olefin sulfonate surfactant, an alkyl phenolethoxylate surfactant, an alkyl benzenesulfonate surfactant, an alkylsulfobetaine surfactant, an alkyl hydroxysulfobetaine surfactant, analkyl ammoniocarboxylate betaine surfactant, an alkyl sucrose estersurfactant, an alkyl alkanolamide surfactant, an alkyldi(polyoxyethylene) monoalkyl ammonium surfactant, an alkylmono(polyoxyethylene) dialkyl ammonium surfactant, an alkyl benzyldimethylammonium surfactant, an alkyl aminopropionate surfactant, analkyl amidopropyl dimethylamine surfactant, or a mixture thereof; and ifZ is a charged moiety, Z is charge-balanced by a suitable metal ororganic counter ion. Suitable counter ions include a metal counter ion,an amine, or an alkanolamine, e.g., C1-C6 alkanolammonium. Morespecifically, suitable counter ions include Na+, Ca+, Li+, K+, Mg+,e.g., monoethanolamine (MEA), diethanolamine (DEA), triethanolamine(TEA), 2-amino-1-propanol, 1-aminopropanol, methyldiethanolamine,dimethylethanolamine, monoisopropanolamine, triisopropanolamine,I-amino-3-propanol, or mixtures thereof. In one embodiment, thecompositions contain from 5% to 97% of one or more non-isoprenoidsurfactants; and one or more adjunct cleaning additives; wherein theweight ratio of surfactant of formula A to surfactant of formula B isfrom 50:50 to 95:5.

Soap—

The compositions herein may contain soap. Without being limited bytheory, it may be desirable to include soap as it acts in part as asurfactant and in part as a builder and may be useful for suppression offoam and may furthermore interact favorably with the various cationiccompounds of the composition to enhance softness on textile fabricstreaded with the inventive compositions. Any soap known in the art foruse in laundry detergents may be utilized. In one embodiment, thecompositions contain from 0 wt % to 20 wt %, from 0.5 wt % to 20 wt %,from 4 wt % to 10 wt %, or from 4 wt % to 7 wt % of soap.

Examples of soap useful herein include oleic acid soaps, palmitic acidsoaps, palm kernel fatty acid soaps, and mixtures thereof. Typical soapsare in the form of mixtures of fatty acid soaps having different chainlengths and degrees of substitution. One such mixture is topped palmkernel fatty acid.

In one embodiment, the soap is selected from free fatty acid. Suitablefatty acids are saturated and/or unsaturated and can be obtained fromnatural sources such a plant or animal esters (e.g., palm kernel oil,palm oil, coconut oil, babassu oil, safflower oil, tall oil, castor oil,tallow and fish oils, grease, and mixtures thereof), or syntheticallyprepared (e.g., via the oxidation of petroleum or by hydrogenation ofcarbon monoxide via the Fisher Tropsch process).

Examples of suitable saturated fatty acids for use in the compositionsof this invention include captic, lauric, myristic, palmitic, stearic,arachidic and behenic acid. Suitable unsaturated fatty acid speciesinclude: palmitoleic, oleic, linoleic, linolenic and ricinoleic acid.Examples of preferred fatty acids are saturated Cn fatty acid, saturatedCi₂-Ci₄ fatty acids, and saturated or unsaturated Cn to Ci₈ fatty acids,and mixtures thereof.

When present, the weight ratio of fabric softening cationic cosurfactantto fatty acid is preferably from about 1:3 to about 3:1, more preferablyfrom about 1:1.5 to about 1.5:1, most preferably about 1:1.

Levels of soap and of nonsoap anionic surfactants herein are percentagesby weight of the detergent composition, specified on an acid form basis.However, as is commonly understood in the art, anionic surfactants andsoaps are in practice neutralized using sodium, potassium oralkanolammonium bases, such as sodium hydroxide or monoethanolamine.

Hydrotropes—

The compositions of the present invention may comprise one or morehydrotropes. A hydrotrope is a compound that solubilises hydrophobiccompounds in aqueous solutions (or oppositely, polar substances in anon-polar environment). Typically, hydrotropes have both hydrophilic anda hydrophobic character (so-called amphiphilic properties as known fromsurfactants); however the molecular structure of hydrotropes generallydo not favor spontaneous self-aggregation, see e.g. review by Hodgdonand Kaler (2007), Current Opinion in Colloid & Interface Science 12:121-128. Hydrotropes do not display a critical concentration above whichself-aggregation occurs as found for surfactants and lipids formingmiceller, lamellar or other well defined meso-phases. Instead, manyhydrotropes show a continuous-type aggregation process where the sizesof aggregates grow as concentration increases. However, many hydrotropesalter the phase behavior, stability, and colloidal properties of systemscontaining substances of polar and non-polar character, includingmixtures of water, oil, surfactants, and polymers. Hydrotropes areclassically used across industries from pharma, personal care, food, totechnical applications. Use of hydrotropes in detergent compositionsallow for example more concentrated formulations of surfactants (as inthe process of compacting liquid detergents by removing water) withoutinducing undesired phenomena such as phase separation or high viscosity.

The detergent may contain from 0 to 10 wt %, such as from 0 to 5 wt %,0.5 to 5 wt %, or from 3% to 5 wt %, of a hydrotrope. Any hydrotropeknown in the art for use in detergents may be utilized. Non-limitingexamples of hydrotropes include sodium benzenesulfonate, sodiump-toluene sulfonate (STS), sodium xylene sulfonate (SXS), sodium cumenesulfonate (SCS), sodium cymene sulfonate, amine oxides, alcohols andpolyglycolethers, sodium hydroxynaphthoate, sodium hydroxynaphthalenesulfonate, sodium ethylhexyl sulfate, and combinations thereof.

Builders—

The compositions of the present invention may comprise one or morebuilders, co-builders, builder systems or a mixture thereof. When abuilder is used, the cleaning composition will typically comprise from 0to 65 wt %, at least 1 wt %, from 2 to 60 wt % or from 5 to 10 wt %builder. In a dish wash cleaning composition, the level of builder istypically 40 to 65 wt % or 50 to 65 wt %. The composition may besubstantially free of builder; substantially free means “no deliberatelyadded” zeolite and/or phosphate. Typical zeolite builders includezeolite A, zeolite P and zeolite MAP. A typical phosphate builder issodium tri-polyphosphate.

The builder and/or co-builder may particularly be a chelating agent thatforms water-soluble complexes with Ca and Mg. Any builder and/orco-builder known in the art for use in detergents may be utilized.Non-limiting examples of builders include zeolites, diphosphates(pyrophosphates), triphosphates such as sodium triphosphate (STP orSTPP), carbonates such as sodium carbonate, soluble silicates such assodium metasilicate, layered silicates (e.g., SKS-6 from Hoechst),ethanolamines such as 2-aminoethan-1-ol (MEA), iminodiethanol (DEA) and2,2′,2″-nitrilotriethanol (TEA), and carboxymethylinulin (CMI), andcombinations thereof.

The cleaning composition may include a co-builder alone, or incombination with a builder, e.g. a zeolite builder. Non-limitingexamples of co-builders include homopolymers of polyacrylates orcopolymers thereof, such as poly(acrylic acid) (PAA) or copoly(acrylicacid/maleic acid) (PAA/PMA). Further non-limiting examples includecitrate, chelators such as aminocarboxylates, aminopolycarboxylates andphosphonates, and alkyl- or alkenylsuccinic acid. Additional specificexamples include 2,2′,2″-nitrilotriacetic acid (NTA),etheylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA), diethylenetriaminepentaaceticacid (DTPA), iminodisuccinic acid (IDS), ethylenediamine-N,N′-disuccinicacid (EDDS), methylglycinediacetic acid (MGDA), glutamicacid-N,N-diacetic acid (GLDA), 1-hydroxyethane-1,1-diylbis(phosphonicacid) (HEDP), ethylenediaminetetrakis(methylene)tetrakis(phosphonicacid) (EDTMPA), diethylenetriaminepentakis(methylene)pentakis(phosphonicacid) (DTPMPA), N-(2-hydroxyethyl)iminodiacetic acid (EDG), asparticacid-N-monoacetic acid (ASMA), aspartic acid-N,N-diacetic acid (ASDA),aspartic acid-N-monopropionic acid (ASMP), iminodisuccinic acid (IDA),N-(2-sulfomethyl) aspartic acid (SMAS), N-(2-sulfoethyl) aspartic acid(SEAS), N-(2-sulfomethyl) glutamic acid (SMGL), N-(2-sulfoethyl)glutamic acid (SEGL), N-methyliminodiacetic acid (MIDA),α-alanine-N,N-diacetic acid (α-ALDA), serine-N,N-diacetic acid (SEDA),isoserine-N,N-diacetic acid (ISDA), phenylalanine-N,N-diacetic acid(PHDA), anthranilic acid-N,N-diacetic acid (ANDA), sulfanilic acid-N,N-diacetic acid (SLDA), taurine-N, N-diacetic acid (TUDA) andsulfomethyl-N,N-diacetic acid (SMDA),N-(hydroxyethyl)-ethylidenediaminetriacetate (HEDTA), diethanolglycine(DEG), Diethylenetriamine Penta (Methylene Phosphonic acid) (DTPMP),aminotris(methylenephosphonic acid) (ATMP), and combinations and saltsthereof. Further exemplary builders and/or co-builders are described in,e.g., WO09/102854, U.S. Pat. No. 5,977,053.

Chelating Agents and Crystal Growth Inhibitors—

The compositions herein may contain a chelating agent and/or a crystalgrowth inhibitor. Suitable molecules include copper, iron and/ormanganese chelating agents and mixtures thereof. Suitable moleculesinclude DTPA (Diethylene triamine pentaacetic acid), HEDP (Hydroxyethanediphosphonic acid), DTPMP (Diethylene triamine penta(methylenephosphonic acid)), 1,2-Dihydroxybenzene-3,5-disulfonic acid disodiumsalt hydrate, ethylenediamine, diethylene triamine,ethylenediaminedisuccinic acid (EDDS),N-hydroxyethylethylenediaminetri-acetic acid (HEDTA),triethylenetetraaminehexaacetic acid (TTHA), N-hydroxyethyliminodiaceticacid (HEIDA), dihydroxyethylglycine (DHEG),ethylenediaminetetrapropionic acid (EDTP), carboxymethyl inulin and2-Phosphonobutane 1,2,4-tricarboxylic acid (Bayhibit® AM) andderivatives thereof. Typically the composition may comprise from 0.005to 15 wt % or from 3.0 to 10 wt % chelating agent or crystal growthinhibitor.

Bleach Component—

The bleach component suitable for incorporation in the methods andcompositions of the invention comprise one or a mixture of more than onebleach component. Suitable bleach components include bleachingcatalysts, photobleaches, bleach activators, hydrogen peroxide, sourcesof hydrogen peroxide, pre-formed peracids and mixtures thereof. Ingeneral, when a bleach component is used, the compositions of thepresent invention may comprise from 0 to 30 wt %, from 0.00001 to 90 wt%, 0.0001 to 50 wt %, from 0.001 to 25 wt % or from 1 to 20 wt %.Examples of suitable bleach components include:

(1) Pre-formed peracids: Suitable preformed peracids include, but arenot limited to, compounds selected from the group consisting ofpre-formed peroxyacids or salts thereof, typically either aperoxycarboxylic acid or salt thereof, or a peroxysulphonic acid or saltthereof.

The pre-formed peroxyacid or salt thereof is preferably aperoxycarboxylic acid or salt thereof, typically having a chemicalstructure corresponding to the following chemical formula:

wherein: R¹⁴ is selected from alkyl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl orheterocyclic groups; the R¹⁴ group can be linear or branched,substituted or unsubstituted; and Y is any suitable counter-ion thatachieves electric charge neutrality, preferably Y is selected fromhydrogen, sodium or potassium. Preferably, R¹⁴ is a linear or branched,substituted or unsubstituted C₆₋₉ alkyl. Preferably, the peroxyacid orsalt thereof is selected from peroxyhexanoic acid, peroxyheptanoic acid,peroxyoctanoic acid, peroxynonanoic acid, peroxydecanoic acid, any saltthereof, or any combination thereof. Particularly preferred peroxyacidsare phthalimido-peroxy-alkanoic acids, in particular ε-phthahlimidoperoxy hexanoic acid (PAP). Preferably, the peroxyacid or salt thereofhas a melting point in the range of from 30° C. to 60° C.

The pre-formed peroxyacid or salt thereof can also be a peroxysulphonicacid or salt thereof, typically having a chemical structurecorresponding to the following chemical formula:

wherein: R¹⁵ is selected from alkyl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl orheterocyclic groups; the R¹⁵ group can be linear or branched,substituted or unsubstituted; and Z is any suitable counter-ion thatachieves electric charge neutrality, preferably Z is selected fromhydrogen, sodium or potassium. Preferably R¹⁵ is a linear or branched,substituted or unsubstituted C₆₋₉ alkyl. Preferably such bleachcomponents may be present in the compositions of the invention in anamount from 0.01 to 50 wt % or from 0.1 to 20 wt %.

(2) Sources of hydrogen peroxide include e.g., inorganic perhydratesalts, including alkali metal salts such as sodium salts of perborate(usually mono- or tetra-hydrate), percarbonate, persulphate,perphosphate, persilicate salts and mixtures thereof. In one aspect ofthe invention the inorganic perhydrate salts such as those selected fromthe group consisting of sodium salts of perborate, percarbonate andmixtures thereof. When employed, inorganic perhydrate salts aretypically present in amounts of 0.05 to 40 wt % or 1 to 30 wt % of theoverall composition and are typically incorporated into suchcompositions as a crystalline solid that may be coated. Suitablecoatings include: inorganic salts such as alkali metal silicate,carbonate or borate salts or mixtures thereof, or organic materials suchas water-soluble or dispersible polymers, waxes, oils or fatty soaps.Preferably such bleach components may be present in the compositions ofthe invention in an amount of 0.01 to 50 wt % or 0.1 to 20 wt %.

(3) The term bleach activator is meant herein as a compound which reactswith hydrogen peroxide to form a peracid via perhydrolysis. The peracidthus formed constitutes the activated bleach. Suitable bleach activatorsto be used herein include those belonging to the class of esters,amides, imides or anhydrides. Suitable bleach activators are thosehaving R—(C═O)-L wherein R is an alkyl group, optionally branched,having, when the bleach activator is hydrophobic, from 6 to 14 carbonatoms, or from 8 to 12 carbon atoms and, when the bleach activator ishydrophilic, less than 6 carbon atoms or less than 4 carbon atoms; and Lis leaving group. Examples of suitable leaving groups are benzoic acidand derivatives thereof—especially benzene sulphonate. Suitable bleachactivators include dodecanoyl oxybenzene sulphonate, decanoyl oxybenzenesulphonate, decanoyl oxybenzoic acid or salts thereof, 3,5,5-trimethylhexanoyloxybenzene sulphonate, tetraacetyl ethylene diamine (TAED),sodium 4-[(3,5,5-trimethylhexanoyl)oxy]benzene-1-sulfonate (ISONOBS),4-(dodecanoyloxy)benzene-1-sulfonate (LOBS),4-(decanoyloxy)benzene-1-sulfonate, 4-(decanoyloxy)benzoate (DOBS orDOBA), 4-(nonanoyloxy)benzene-1-sulfonate (NOBS), and/or those disclosedin WO98/17767. A family of bleach activators is disclosed in EP624154and particularly preferred in that family is acetyl triethyl citrate(ATC). ATC or a short chain triglyceride like triacetin has theadvantage that it is environmentally friendly. Furthermore acetyltriethyl citrate and triacetin have good hydrolytical stability in theproduct upon storage and are efficient bleach activators. Finally ATC ismultifunctional, as the citrate released in the perhydrolysis reactionmay function as a builder. Alternatively, the bleaching system maycomprise peroxyacids of, for example, the amide, imide, or sulfone type.The bleaching system may also comprise peracids such as6-(phthalimido)peroxyhexanoic acid (PAP). Suitable bleach activators arealso disclosed in WO98/17767. While any suitable bleach activator may beemployed, in one aspect of the invention the subject cleaningcomposition may comprise NOBS, TAED or mixtures thereof. When present,the peracid and/or bleach activator is generally present in thecomposition in an amount of 0.1 to 60 wt %, 0.5 to 40 wt % or 0.6 to 10wt % based on the fabric and home care composition. One or morehydrophobic peracids or precursors thereof may be used in combinationwith one or more hydrophilic peracid or precursor thereof. Preferablysuch bleach components may be present in the compositions of theinvention in an amount of 0.01 to 50 wt %, or 0.1 to 20 wt %.

The amounts of hydrogen peroxide source and peracid or bleach activatormay be selected such that the molar ratio of available oxygen (from theperoxide source) to peracid is from 1:1 to 35:1, or even 2:1 to 10:1.

(4) Diacyl peroxides—preferred diacyl peroxide bleaching species includethose selected from diacyl peroxides of the general formula:R¹—C(O)—OO—(O)C—R², in which R¹ represents a C₆-C₁₈ alkyl, preferablyC₆-C₁₂ alkyl group containing a linear chain of at least 5 carbon atomsand optionally containing one or more substituents (e.g. —N⁺(CH₃)₃,—COOH or —CN) and/or one or more interrupting moieties (e.g. —CONH— or—CH═CH—) interpolated between adjacent carbon atoms of the alkylradical, and R² represents an aliphatic group compatible with a peroxidemoiety, such that R¹ and R² together contain a total of 8 to 30 carbonatoms. In one preferred aspect R¹ and R² are linear unsubstituted C₆-C₁₂alkyl chains. Most preferably R¹ and R² are identical. Diacyl peroxides,in which both R¹ and R² are C₆-C₁₂ alkyl groups, are particularlypreferred. Preferably, at least one of, most preferably only one of, theR groups (R₁ or R₂), does not contain branching or pendant rings in thealpha position, or preferably neither in the alpha nor beta positions ormost preferably in none of the alpha or beta or gamma positions. In onefurther preferred embodiment the DAP may be asymmetric, such thatpreferably the hydrolysis of R1 acyl group is rapid to generate peracid,but the hydrolysis of R2 acyl group is slow.

The tetraacyl peroxide bleaching species is preferably selected fromtetraacyl peroxides of the general formula:R³—C(O)—OO—C(O)—(CH₂)n-C(O)—OO—C(O)—R³, in which R³ represents a C₁-C₉alkyl, or C₃-C₇, group and n represents an integer from 2 to 12, or 4 to10 inclusive.

Preferably, the diacyl and/or tetraacyl peroxide bleaching species ispresent in an amount sufficient to provide at least 0.5 ppm, at least 10ppm, or at least 50 ppm by weight of the wash liquor. In a preferredembodiment, the bleaching species is present in an amount sufficient toprovide from 0.5 to 300 ppm, from 30 to 150 ppm by weight of the washliquor.

Preferably the bleach component comprises a bleach catalyst (5 and 6).

(5) Preferred are organic (non-metal) bleach catalysts include bleachcatalyst capable of accepting an oxygen atom from a peroxyacid and/orsalt thereof, and transferring the oxygen atom to an oxidizeablesubstrate. Suitable bleach catalysts include, but are not limited to:iminium cations and polyions; iminium zwitterions; modified amines;modified amine oxides; N-sulphonyl imines; N-phosphonyl imines; N-acylimines; thiadiazole dioxides; perfluoroimines; cyclic sugar ketones andmixtures thereof.

Suitable iminium cations and polyions include, but are not limited to,N-methyl-3,4-dihydroisoquinolinium tetrafluoroborate, prepared asdescribed in Tetrahedron (1992), 49(2), 423-38 (e.g. compound 4, p.433); N-methyl-3,4-dihydroisoquinolinium p-toluene sulphonate, preparedas described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,360,569 (e.g. Column 11, Example 1); andN-octyl-3,4-dihydroisoquinolinium p-toluene sulphonate, prepared asdescribed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,360,568 (e.g. Column 10, Ex. 3).

Suitable iminium zwitterions include, but are not limited to,N-(3-sulfopropyl)-3,4-dihydroisoquinolinium, inner salt, prepared asdescribed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,576,282 (e.g. Column 31, Ex. II);N-[2-(sulphooxy)dodecyl]-3,4-dihydroisoquinolinium, inner salt, preparedas described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,817,614 (e.g. Column 32, Ex. V);2-[3-[(2-ethylhexyl)oxy]-2-(sulphooxy)propyl]-3,4-dihydroisoquinolinium,inner salt, prepared as described in WO05/047264 (e.g. p. 18, Ex. 8),and2-[3-[(2-butyloctyl)oxy]-2-(sulphooxy)propyl]-3,4-dihydroisoquinolinium,inner salt. Suitable modified amine oxygen transfer catalysts include,but are not limited to, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-methyl-1-isoquinolinol,which can be made according to the procedures described in TetrahedronLetters (1987), 28(48), 6061-6064. Suitable modified amine oxide oxygentransfer catalysts include, but are not limited to, sodium1-hydroxy-N-oxy-N-[2-(sulphooxy)decyl]-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline.

Suitable N-sulphonyl imine oxygen transfer catalysts include, but arenot limited to, 3-methyl-1,2-benzisothiazole 1,1-dioxide, preparedaccording to the procedure described in the Journal of Organic Chemistry(1990), 55(4), 1254-61.

Suitable N-phosphonyl imine oxygen transfer catalysts include, but arenot limited to,[R-(E)]-N-[(2-chloro-5-nitrophenyl)methylene]-P-phenyl-P-(2,4,6-trimethylphenyl)-phosphinicamide, which can be made according to the procedures described in theJournal of the Chemical Society, Chemical Communications (1994), (22),2569-70.

Suitable N-acyl imine oxygen transfer catalysts include, but are notlimited to, [N(E)]-N-(phenylmethylene)acetamide, which can be madeaccording to the procedures described in Polish Journal of Chemistry(2003), 77(5), 577-590.

Suitable thiadiazole dioxide oxygen transfer catalysts include but arenot limited to, 3-methyl-4-phenyl-1,2,5-thiadiazole 1,1-dioxide, whichcan be made according to the procedures described in U.S. Pat. No.5,753,599 (Column 9, Ex. 2).

Suitable perfluoroimine oxygen transfer catalysts include, but are notlimited to,(Z)-2,2,3,3,4,4,4-heptafluoro-N-(nonafluorobutyl)butanimidoyl fluoride,which can be made according to the procedures described in TetrahedronLetters (1994), 35(34), 6329-30.

Suitable cyclic sugar ketone oxygen transfer catalysts include, but arenot limited to,1,2:4,5-di-O-isopropylidene-D-erythro-2,3-hexodiuro-2,6-pyranose asprepared in U.S. Pat. No. 6,649,085 (Column 12, Ex. 1).

Preferably, the bleach catalyst comprises an iminium and/or carbonylfunctional group and is typically capable of forming an oxaziridiniumand/or dioxirane functional group upon acceptance of an oxygen atom,especially upon acceptance of an oxygen atom from a peroxyacid and/orsalt thereof. Preferably, the bleach catalyst comprises an oxaziridiniumfunctional group and/or is capable of forming an oxaziridiniumfunctional group upon acceptance of an oxygen atom, especially uponacceptance of an oxygen atom from a peroxyacid and/or salt thereof.Preferably, the bleach catalyst comprises a cyclic iminium functionalgroup, preferably wherein the cyclic moiety has a ring size of from fiveto eight atoms (including the nitrogen atom), preferably six atoms.Preferably, the bleach catalyst comprises an aryliminium functionalgroup, preferably a bi-cyclic aryliminium functional group, preferably a3,4-dihydroisoquinolinium functional group. Typically, the iminefunctional group is a quaternary imine functional group and is typicallycapable of forming a quaternary oxaziridinium functional group uponacceptance of an oxygen atom, especially upon acceptance of an oxygenatom from a peroxyacid and/or salt thereof. In another aspect, thedetergent composition comprises a bleach component having a log P_(o/w)no greater than 0, no greater than −0.5, no greater than −1.0, nogreater than −1.5, no greater than −2.0, no greater than −2.5, nogreater than −3.0, or no greater than −3.5. The method for determininglog P_(o/w) is described in more detail below.

Typically, the bleach ingredient is capable of generating a bleachingspecies having a X_(SO) of from 0.01 to 0.30, from 0.05 to 0.25, or from0.10 to 0.20. The method for determining X_(SO) is described in moredetail below. For example, bleaching ingredients having anisoquinolinium structure are capable of generating a bleaching speciesthat has an oxaziridinium structure. In this example, the X_(SO) is thatof the oxaziridinium bleaching species.

Preferably, the bleach catalyst has a chemical structure correspondingto the following chemical formula:

wherein: n and m are independently from 0 to 4, preferably n and m areboth 0; each R¹ is independently selected from a substituted orunsubstituted radical selected from the group consisting of hydrogen,alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, fused aryl, heterocyclic ring, fusedheterocyclic ring, nitro, halo, cyano, sulphonato, alkoxy, keto,carboxylic, and carboalkoxy radicals; and any two vicinal R¹substituents may combine to form a fused aryl, fused carbocyclic orfused heterocyclic ring; each R² is independently selected from asubstituted or unsubstituted radical independently selected from thegroup consisting of hydrogen, hydroxy, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkaryl, aryl,aralkyl, alkylenes, heterocyclic ring, alkoxys, arylcarbonyl groups,carboxyalkyl groups and amide groups; any R² may be joined together withany other of R² to form part of a common ring; any geminal R² maycombine to form a carbonyl; and any two R² may combine to form asubstituted or unsubstituted fused unsaturated moiety; R³ is a C₁ to C₂₀substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; R⁴ is hydrogen or the moietyQ_(t)-A, wherein: Q is a branched or unbranched alkylene, t=0 or 1 and Ais an anionic group selected from the group consisting of OSO₃ ⁻, SO₃ ⁻,CO₂ ⁻, OCO₂ ⁻, OPO₃ ²⁻, OPO₃H⁻ and OPO₂ ⁻; R⁵ is hydrogen or the moiety—CR¹¹R¹²—Y-G_(b)-Y_(c)—[(CR⁹R¹⁰)_(y)—O]_(k)—R⁸, wherein: each Y isindependently selected from the group consisting of O, S, N—H, or N—R⁸;and each R⁸ is independently selected from the group consisting ofalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, said moieties being substituted orunsubstituted, and whether substituted or unsubstituted said moietieshaving less than 21 carbons; each G is independently selected from thegroup consisting of CO, SO₂, SO, PO and PO₂; R⁹ and R¹⁰ areindependently selected from the group consisting of H and C₁-C₄ alkyl;R¹¹ and R¹² are independently selected from the group consisting of Hand alkyl, or when taken together may join to form a carbonyl; b=0 or 1;c can =0 or 1, but c must =0 if b=0; y is an integer from 1 to 6; k isan integer from 0 to 20; R⁶ is H, or an alkyl, aryl or heteroarylmoiety; said moieties being substituted or unsubstituted; and X, ifpresent, is a suitable charge balancing counterion, preferably X ispresent when R⁴ is hydrogen, suitable X, include but are not limited to:chloride, bromide, sulphate, methosulphate, sulphonate,p-toluenesulphonate, borontetraflouride and phosphate.

In one embodiment of the present invention, the bleach catalyst has astructure corresponding to general formula below:

wherein R¹³ is a branched alkyl group containing from three to 24 carbonatoms (including the branching carbon atoms) or a linear alkyl groupcontaining from one to 24 carbon atoms; preferably R¹³ is a branchedalkyl group containing from eight to 18 carbon atoms or linear alkylgroup containing from eight to eighteen carbon atoms; preferably R¹³ isselected from the group consisting of 2-propylheptyl, 2-butyloctyl,2-pentylnonyl, 2-hexyldecyl, n-dodecyl, n-tetradecyl, n-hexadecyl,n-octadecyl, iso-nonyl, iso-decyl, iso-tridecyl and iso-pentadecyl;preferably R¹³ is selected from the group consisting of 2-butyloctyl,2-pentylnonyl, 2-hexyldecyl, iso-tridecyl and iso-pentadecyl.

Preferably the bleach component comprises a source of peracid inaddition to bleach catalyst, particularly organic bleach catalyst. Thesource of peracid may be selected from (a) pre-formed peracid; (b)percarbonate, perborate or persulfate salt (hydrogen peroxide source)preferably in combination with a bleach activator; and (c) perhydrolaseenzyme and an ester for forming peracid in situ in the presence of waterin a textile or hard surface treatment step.

When present, the peracid and/or bleach activator is generally presentin the composition in an amount of from 0.1 to 60 wt %, from 0.5 to 40wt % or from 0.6 to 10 wt % based on the composition. One or morehydrophobic peracids or precursors thereof may be used in combinationwith one or more hydrophilic peracid or precursor thereof.

The amounts of hydrogen peroxide source and peracid or bleach activatormay be selected such that the molar ratio of available oxygen (from theperoxide source) to peracid is from 1:1 to 35:1, or 2:1 to 10:1.

(6) Metal-containing Bleach Catalysts—The bleach component may beprovided by a catalytic metal complex. One type of metal-containingbleach catalyst is a catalyst system comprising a transition metalcation of defined bleach catalytic activity, such as copper, iron,titanium, ruthenium, tungsten, molybdenum, or manganese cations, anauxiliary metal cation having little or no bleach catalytic activity,such as zinc or aluminum cations, and a sequestrate having definedstability constants for the catalytic and auxiliary metal cations,particularly ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid,ethylenediaminetetra(methylenephosphonic acid) and water-soluble saltsthereof. Such catalysts are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,430,243.Preferred catalysts are described in WO09/839406, U.S. Pat. No.6,218,351 and WO00/012667. Particularly preferred are transition metalcatalyst or ligands therefore that are cross-bridged polydentate N-donorligands.

If desired, the compositions herein can be catalyzed by means of amanganese compound. Such compounds and levels of use are well known inthe art and include, e.g., the manganese-based catalysts disclosed inU.S. Pat. No. 5,576,282.

Cobalt bleach catalysts useful herein are known, and are described e.g.in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,597,936; 5,595,967. Such cobalt catalysts arereadily prepared by known procedures, such as taught e.g. in U.S. Pat.Nos. 5,597,936 and 5,595,967.

Compositions herein may also suitably include a transition metal complexof ligands such as bispidones (U.S. Pat. No. 7,501,389) and/ormacropolycyclic rigid ligands—abbreviated as “MRLs”. As a practicalmatter, and not by way of limitation, the compositions and processesherein can be adjusted to provide on the order of at least one part perhundred million of the active MRL species in the aqueous washing medium,and will typically provide from 0.005 to 25 ppm, from 0.05 to 10 ppm, orfrom 0.1 to 5 ppm, of the MRL in the wash liquor.

Suitable transition-metals in the instant transition-metal bleachcatalyst include e.g. manganese, iron and chromium. Suitable MRLsinclude 5,12-diethyl-1,5,8,12-tetraazabicyclo[6.6.2]hexadecane. Suitabletransition metal MRLs are readily prepared by known procedures, such astaught e.g. in U.S. Pat. No. 6,225,464 and WO00/32601.

(7) Photobleaches—suitable photobleaches include e.g. sulfonated zincphthalocyanine sulfonated aluminium phthalocyanines, xanthene dyes andmixtures thereof. Preferred bleach components for use in the presentcompositions of the invention comprise a hydrogen peroxide source,bleach activator and/or organic peroxyacid, optionally generated in situby the reaction of a hydrogen peroxide source and bleach activator, incombination with a bleach catalyst. Preferred bleach components comprisebleach catalysts, preferably organic bleach catalysts, as describedabove.

Particularly preferred bleach components are the bleach catalysts inparticular the organic bleach catalysts.

Exemplary bleaching systems are also described, e.g. in WO2007/087258,WO2007/087244, WO2007/087259 and WO2007/087242.

Fabric Hueing Agents—

The composition may comprise a fabric hueing agent. Suitable fabrichueing agents include dyes, dye-clay conjugates, and pigments. Suitabledyes include small molecule dyes and polymeric dyes. Suitable smallmolecule dyes include small molecule dyes selected from the groupconsisting of dyes falling into the Color Index (C.I.) classificationsof Direct Blue, Direct Red, Direct Violet, Acid Blue, Acid Red, AcidViolet, Basic Blue, Basic Violet and Basic Red, or mixtures thereof.

In another aspect, suitable small molecule dyes include small moleculedyes selected from the group consisting of Color Index (Society of Dyersand Colorists, Bradford, UK) numbers Direct Violet 9, Direct Violet 35,Direct Violet 48, Direct Violet 51, Direct Violet 66, Direct Violet 99,Direct Blue 1, Direct Blue 71, Direct Blue 80, Direct Blue 279, Acid Red17, Acid Red 73, Acid Red 88, Acid Red 150, Acid Violet 15, Acid Violet17, Acid Violet 24, Acid Violet 43, Acid Red 52, Acid Violet 49, AcidViolet 50, Acid Blue 15, Acid Blue 17, Acid Blue 25, Acid Blue 29, AcidBlue 40, Acid Blue 45, Acid Blue 75, Acid Blue 80, Acid Blue 83, AcidBlue 90 and Acid Blue 113, Acid Black 1, Basic Violet 1, Basic Violet 3,Basic Violet 4, Basic Violet 10, Basic Violet 35, Basic Blue 3, BasicBlue 16, Basic Blue 22, Basic Blue 47, Basic Blue 66, Basic Blue 75,Basic Blue 159 and mixtures thereof. In another aspect, suitable smallmolecule dyes include small molecule dyes selected from the groupconsisting of Color Index (Society of Dyers and Colorists, Bradford, UK)numbers Acid Violet 17, Acid Violet 43, Acid Red 52, Acid Red 73, AcidRed 88, Acid Red 150, Acid Blue 25, Acid Blue 29, Acid Blue 45, AcidBlue 113, Acid Black 1, Direct Blue 1, Direct Blue 71, Direct Violet 51and mixtures thereof. In another aspect, suitable small molecule dyesinclude small molecule dyes selected from the group consisting of ColorIndex (Society of Dyers and Colorists, Bradford, UK) numbers Acid Violet17, Direct Blue 71, Direct Violet 51, Direct Blue 1, Acid Red 88, AcidRed 150, Acid Blue 29, Acid Blue 113 or mixtures thereof.

Suitable polymeric dyes include polymeric dyes selected from the groupconsisting of polymers containing conjugated chromogens (dye-polymerconjugates) and polymers with chromogens co-polymerized into thebackbone of the polymer and mixtures thereof.

In another aspect, suitable polymeric dyes include polymeric dyesselected from the group consisting of fabric-substantive colorants soldunder the name of Liquitint® (Milliken), dye-polymer conjugates formedfrom at least one reactive dye and a polymer selected from the groupconsisting of polymers comprising a moiety selected from the groupconsisting of a hydroxyl moiety, a primary amine moiety, a secondaryamine moiety, a thiol moiety and mixtures thereof. In still anotheraspect, suitable polymeric dyes include polymeric dyes selected from thegroup consisting of Liquitint® Violet CT, carboxymethyl cellulose (CMC)conjugated with a reactive blue, reactive violet or reactive red dyesuch as CMC conjugated with C.I. Reactive Blue 19, sold by Megazyme,Wicklow, Ireland under the product name AZO-CM-CELLULOSE, product codeS-ACMC, alkoxylated triphenyl-methane polymeric colorants, alkoxylatedthiophene polymeric colorants, and mixtures thereof.

Preferred hueing dyes include the whitening agents found in WO08/87497.These whitening agents may be characterized by the following structure(I):

wherein R₁ and R₂ can independently be selected from:

a) [(CH₂CR′HO)_(x)(CH₂CR″HO)_(y)H]

wherein R′ is selected from the group consisting of H, CH₃,CH₂O(CH₂CH₂O)_(z)H, and mixtures thereof; wherein R″ is selected fromthe group consisting of H, CH₂O(CH₂CH₂O)_(z)H, and mixtures thereof;wherein x+y≤5; wherein y≥1; and wherein z=0 to 5;

b) R₁=alkyl, aryl or aryl alkyl and R₂═[(CH₂CR′HO)_(x)(CH₂CR″HO)_(y)H]

wherein R′ is selected from the group consisting of H, CH₃,CH₂O(CH₂CH₂O)_(z)H, and mixtures thereof; wherein R″ is selected fromthe group consisting of H, CH₂O(CH₂CH₂O)_(z)H, and mixtures thereof;wherein x+y≤10; wherein y≥1; and wherein z=0 to 5;

c) R₁═[CH₂CH₂(OR₃)CH₂OR₄] and R₂═[CH₂CH₂(OR₃)CH₂OR₄]

wherein R₃ is selected from the group consisting of H, (CH₂CH₂O)_(z)H,and mixtures thereof; and wherein z=0 to 10;

wherein R₄ is selected from the group consisting of (C₁-C₁₆)alkyl, arylgroups, and mixtures thereof; and

d) wherein R1 and R2 can independently be selected from the aminoaddition product of styrene oxide, glycidyl methyl ether, isobutylglycidyl ether, isopropylglycidyl ether, t-butyl glycidyl ether,2-ethylhexylgycidyl ether, and glycidylhexadecyl ether, followed by theaddition of from 1 to 10 alkylene oxide units.

A preferred whitening agent of the present invention may becharacterized by the following structure (II):

wherein R′ is selected from the group consisting of H, CH₃,CH₂O(CH₂CH₂O)_(z)H, and mixtures thereof; wherein R″ is selected fromthe group consisting of H, CH₂O(CH₂CH₂O)_(z)H, and mixtures thereof;wherein x+y≤5; wherein y≥1; and wherein z=0 to 5.

A further preferred whitening agent of the present invention may becharacterized by the following structure (III):

typically comprising a mixture having a total of 5 EO groups. Suitablepreferred molecules are those in Structure I having the followingpendant groups in “part a” above.

TABLE 1 R1 R2 R′ R″ X y R′ R″ x y A H H 3 1 H H 0 1 B H H 2 1 H H 1 1 c= b H H 1 1 H H 2 1 d = a H H 0 1 H H 3 1Further whitening agents of use include those described in US2008/34511(Unilever). A preferred agent is “Violet 13”.

Suitable dye clay conjugates include dye clay conjugates selected fromthe group comprising at least one cationic/basic dye and a smectiteclay, and mixtures thereof. In another aspect, suitable dye clayconjugates include dye clay conjugates selected from the groupconsisting of one cationic/basic dye selected from the group consistingof C.I. Basic Yellow 1 through 108, C.I. Basic Orange 1 through 69, C.I.Basic Red 1 through 118, C.I. Basic Violet 1 through 51, C.I. Basic Blue1 through 164, C.I. Basic Green 1 through 14, C.I. Basic Brown 1 through23, CI Basic Black 1 through 11, and a clay selected from the groupconsisting of Montmorillonite clay, Hectorite clay, Saponite clay andmixtures thereof. In still another aspect, suitable dye clay conjugatesinclude dye clay conjugates selected from the group consisting of:Montmorillonite Basic Blue B7 C.I. 42595 conjugate, MontmorilloniteBasic Blue B9 C.I. 52015 conjugate, Montmorillonite Basic Violet V3 C.I.42555 conjugate, Montmorillonite Basic Green G1 C.I. 42040 conjugate,Montmorillonite Basic Red R1 C.I. 45160 conjugate, Montmorillonite C.I.Basic Black 2 conjugate, Hectorite Basic Blue B7 C.I. 42595 conjugate,Hectorite Basic Blue B9 C.I. 52015 conjugate, Hectorite Basic Violet V3C.I. 42555 conjugate, Hectorite Basic Green G1 C.I. 42040 conjugate,Hectorite Basic Red R1 C.I. 45160 conjugate, Hectorite C.I. Basic Black2 conjugate, Saponite Basic Blue B7 C.I. 42595 conjugate, Saponite BasicBlue B9 C.I. 52015 conjugate, Saponite Basic Violet V3 C.I. 42555conjugate, Saponite Basic Green G1 C.I. 42040 conjugate, Saponite BasicRed R1 C.I. 45160 conjugate, Saponite C.I. Basic Black 2 conjugate andmixtures thereof.

Suitable pigments include pigments selected from the group consisting offlavanthrone, indanthrone, chlorinated indanthrone containing from 1 to4 chlorine atoms, pyranthrone, dichloropyranthrone,monobromodichloropyranthrone, dibromodichloropyranthrone,tetrabromopyranthrone, perylene-3,4,9,10-tetracarboxylic acid diimide,wherein the imide groups may be unsubstituted or substituted byC1-C3-alkyl or a phenyl or heterocyclic radical, and wherein the phenyland heterocyclic radicals may additionally carry substituents which donot confer solubility in water, anthrapyrimidinecarboxylic acid amides,violanthrone, isoviolanthrone, dioxazine pigments, copper phthalocyaninewhich may contain up to 2 chlorine atoms per molecule, polychloro-copperphthalocyanine or polybromochloro-copper phthalocyanine containing up to14 bromine atoms per molecule and mixtures thereof. In another aspect,suitable pigments include pigments selected from the group consisting ofUltramarine Blue (CA. Pigment Blue 29), Ultramarine Violet (CA. PigmentViolet 15) and mixtures thereof.

The aforementioned fabric hueing agents can be used in combination (anymixture of fabric hueing agents can be used). Suitable hueing agents aredescribed in more detail in U.S. Pat. No. 7,208,459. Preferred levels ofdye in compositions of the invention are 0.00001 to 0.5 wt %, or 0.0001to 0.25 wt %. The concentration of dyes preferred in water for thetreatment and/or cleaning step is from 1 ppb to 5 ppm, 10 ppb to 5 ppmor 20 ppb to 5 ppm. In preferred compositions, the concentration ofsurfactant will be from 0.2 to 3 g/l.

Encapsulates—

The composition may comprise an encapsulate. In one aspect, anencapsulate comprising a core, a shell having an inner and outersurface, said shell encapsulating said core.

In one aspect of said encapsulate, said core may comprise a materialselected from the group consisting of perfumes; brighteners; dyes;insect repellants; silicones; waxes; flavors; vitamins; fabric softeningagents; skin care agents in one aspect, paraffins; enzymes;anti-bacterial agents; bleaches; sensates; and mixtures thereof; andsaid shell may comprise a material selected from the group consisting ofpolyethylenes; polyamides; polyvinylalcohols, optionally containingother co-monomers; polystyrenes; polyisoprenes; polycarbonates;polyesters; polyacrylates; aminoplasts, in one aspect said aminoplastmay comprise a polyureas, polyurethane, and/or polyureaurethane, in oneaspect said polyurea may comprise polyoxymethyleneurea and/or melamineformaldehyde; polyolefins; polysaccharides, in one aspect saidpolysaccharide may comprise alginate and/or chitosan; gelatin; shellac;epoxy resins; vinyl polymers; water insoluble inorganics; silicone; andmixtures thereof.

In one aspect of said encapsulate, said core may comprise perfume.

In one aspect of said encapsulate, said shell may comprise melamineformaldehyde and/or cross linked melamine formaldehyde.

In a one aspect, suitable encapsulates may comprise a core material anda shell, said shell at least partially surrounding said core material,is disclosed. At least 75%, 85% or 90% of said encapsulates may have afracture strength of from 0.2 to 10 MPa, from 0.4 to 5 MPa, from 0.6 to3.5 MPa, or from 0.7 to 3 MPa; and a benefit agent leakage of from 0 to30%, from 0 to 20%, or from 0 to 5%.

In one aspect, at least 75%, 85% or 90% of said encapsulates may have aparticle size from 1 to 80 microns, from 5 to 60 microns, from 10 to 50microns, or from 15 to 40 microns.

In one aspect, at least 75%, 85% or 90% of said encapsulates may have aparticle wall thickness from 30 to 250 nm, from 80 to 180 nm, or from100 to 160 nm.

In one aspect, said encapsulates' core material may comprise a materialselected from the group consisting of a perfume raw material and/oroptionally a material selected from the group consisting of vegetableoil, including neat and/or blended vegetable oils including castor oil,coconut oil, cottonseed oil, grape oil, rapeseed, soybean oil, corn oil,palm oil, linseed oil, safflower oil, olive oil, peanut oil, coconutoil, palm kernel oil, castor oil, lemon oil and mixtures thereof; estersof vegetable oils, esters, including dibutyl adipate, dibutyl phthalate,butyl benzyl adipate, benzyl octyl adipate, tricresyl phosphate,trioctyl phosphate and mixtures thereof; straight or branched chainhydrocarbons, including those straight or branched chain hydrocarbonshaving a boiling point of greater than about 80° C.; partiallyhydrogenated terphenyls, dialkyl phthalates, alkyl biphenyls, includingmonoisopropylbiphenyl, alkylated naphthalene, includingdipropylnaphthalene, petroleum spirits, including kerosene, mineral oiland mixtures thereof; aromatic solvents, including benzene, toluene andmixtures thereof; silicone oils; and mixtures thereof.

In one aspect, said encapsulates' wall material may comprise a suitableresin including the reaction product of an aldehyde and an amine,suitable aldehydes include, formaldehyde. Suitable amines includemelamine, urea, benzoguanamine, glycoluril, and mixtures thereof.Suitable melamines include methylol melamine, methylated methylolmelamine, imino melamine and mixtures thereof. Suitable ureas includedimethylol urea, methylated dimethylol urea, urea-resorcinol, andmixtures thereof.

In one aspect, suitable formaldehyde scavengers may be employed with theencapsulates e.g. in a capsule slurry and/or added to a compositionbefore, during or after the encapsulates are added to such composition.Suitable capsules may be made by the following teaching ofUS2008/0305982; and/or US2009/0247449.

In a preferred aspect the composition can also comprise a depositionaid, preferably consisting of the group comprising cationic or nonionicpolymers. Suitable polymers include cationic starches, cationichydroxyethylcellulose, polyvinylformaldehyde, locust bean gum, mannans,xyloglucans, tamarind gum, polyethyleneterephthalate and polymerscontaining dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate, optionally with one ormonomers selected from the group comprising acrylic acid and acrylamide.

Perfumes—

In one aspect the composition comprises a perfume that comprises one ormore perfume raw materials selected from the group consisting of1,1′-oxybis-2-propanol; 1,4-cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid, diethyl ester;(ethoxymethoxy)cyclododecane; 1,3-nonanediol, monoacetate;(3-methylbutoxy)acetic acid, 2-propenyl ester; beta-methylcyclododecaneethanol;2-methyl-3-[(1,7,7-trimethylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl)oxy]-1-propanol;oxacyclohexadecan-2-one; alpha-methyl-benzenemethanol acetate;trans-3-ethoxy-1,1,5-trimethylcyclohexane;4-(1,1-dimethylethyl)cyclohexanol acetate;dodecahydro-3a,6,6,9a-tetramethylnaphtho[2,1-b]furan; beta-methylbenzenepropanal; beta-methyl-3-(1-methylethyl)benzenepropanal;4-phenyl-2-butanone; 2-methylbutanoic acid, ethyl ester; benzaldehyde;2-methylbutanoic acid, 1-methylethyl ester;dihydro-5-pentyl-2(3H)furanone;(2E)-1-(2,6,6-trimethyl-2-cyclohexen-1-yl)-2-buten-1-one; dodecanal;undecanal; 2-ethyl-alpha, alpha-dimethylbenzenepropanal; decanal; alpha,alpha-dimethylbenzeneethanol acetate; 2-(phenylmethylene)octanal;2-[[3-[4-(1,1-dimethylethyl)phenyl]-2-methylpropylidene]amino]benzoicacid, methyl ester; 1-(2,6,6-trimethyl-3-cyclohexen-1-yl)-2-buten-1-one;2-pentylcyclopentanone; 3-oxo-2-pentyl cyclopentaneacetic acid, methylester; 4-hydroxy-3-methoxybenzaldehyde; 3-ethoxy-4-hydroxybenzaldehyde;2-heptylcyclopentanone; 1-(4-methylphenyl)ethanone;(3E)-4-(2,6,6-trimethyl-1-cyclohexen-1-yl)-3-buten-2-one;(3E)-4-(2,6,6-trimethyl-2-cyclohexen-1-yl)-3-buten-2-one;benzeneethanol; 2H-1-benzopyran-2-one; 4-methoxybenzaldehyde;10-undecenal; propanoic acid, phenylmethyl ester;beta-methylbenzenepentanol; 1,1-diethoxy-3,7-dimethyl-2,6-octadiene;alpha, alpha-dimethylbenzeneethanol;(2E)-1-(2,6,6-trimethyl-1-cyclohexen-1-yl)-2-buten-1-one; acetic acid,phenylmethyl ester; cyclohexanepropanoic acid, 2-propenyl ester;hexanoic acid, 2-propenyl ester; 1,2-dimethoxy-4-(2-propenyl)benzene;1,5-dimethyl-bicyclo[3.2.1]octan-8-one oxime;4-(4-hydroxy-4-methylpentyl)-3-cyclohexene-1-carboxaldehyde;3-buten-2-ol; 2-[[[2,4(or3,5)-dimethyl-3-cyclohexen-1-yl]methylene]amino]benzoic acid, methylester; 8-cyclohexadecen-1-one; methyl ionone; 2,6-dimethyl-7-octen-2-ol;2-methoxy-4-(2-propenyl)phenol; (2E)-3,7-dimethyl-2,6-Octadien-1-ol;2-hydroxy-Benzoic acid, (3Z)-3-hexenyl ester; 2-tridecenenitrile;4-(2,2-dimethyl-6-methylenecyclohexyl)-3-methyl-3-buten-2-one;tetrahydro-4-methyl-2-(2-methyl-1-propenyl)-2H-pyran; Acetic acid,(2-methylbutoxy)-, 2-propenyl ester; Benzoic acid, 2-hydroxy-,3-methylbutyl ester; 2-Buten-1-one,1-(2,6,6-trimethyl-1-cyclohexen-1-yl)-, (Z)-; Cyclopentanecarboxylicacid, 2-hexyl-3-oxo-, methyl ester; Benzenepropanal,4-ethyl-.alpha.,.alpha.-dimethyl-; 3-Cyclohexene-1-carboxaldehyde,3-(4-hydroxy-4-methylpentyl)-; Ethanone,1-(2,3,4,7,8,8a-hexahydro-3,6,8,8-tetramethyl-1H-3a,7-methanoazulen-5-yl)-,[3R-(3.alpha.,3a.beta.,7.beta.,8a.alpha.)]-; Undecanal,2-methyl-2H-Pyran-2-one, 6-butyltetrahydro-; Benzenepropanal,4-(1,1-dimethylethyl)-.alpha.-methyl-; 2(3H)-Furanone, 5-heptyldihydro-;Benzoic acid, 2-[(7-hydroxy-3,7-dimethyloctylidene)amino]-, methyl;Benzoic acid, 2-hydroxy-, phenylmethyl ester; Naphthalene, 2-methoxy-;2-Cyclopenten-1-one, 2-hexyl-; 2(3H)-Furanone, 5-hexyldihydro-;Oxiranecarboxylic acid, 3-methyl-3-phenyl-, ethyl ester;2-Oxabicyclo[2.2.2]octane, 1,3,3-trimethyl-; Benzenepentanol,.gamma.-methyl-; 3-Octanol, 3,7-dimethyl-;3,7-dimethyl-2,6-octadienenitrile; 3,7-dimethyl-6-octen-1-ol; Terpineolacetate; 2-methyl-6-methylene-7-Octen-2-ol, dihydro derivative;3a,4,5,6,7,7a-hexahydro-4,7-Methano-1H-inden-6-ol propanoate;3-methyl-2-buten-1-ol acetate; (Z)-3-Hexen-1-ol acetate;2-ethyl-4-(2,2,3-trimethyl-3-cyclopenten-1-yl)-2-buten-1-ol;4-(octahydro-4,7-methano-5H-inden-5-ylidene)-butanal;3-2,4-dimethyl-cyclohexene-1-carboxaldehyde;1-(1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8-octahydro-2,3,8,8-tetramethyl-2-naphthalenyl)-ethanone;2-hydroxy-benzoic acid, methyl ester; 2-hydroxy-benzoic acid, hexylester; 2-phenoxy-ethanol; 2-hydroxy-benzoic acid, pentyl ester;2,3-heptanedione; 2-hexen-1-ol; 6-Octen-2-ol, 2,6-dimethyl-; damascone(alpha, beta, gamma or delta or mixtures thereof),4,7-Methano-1H-inden-6-ol, 3a,4,5,6,7,7a-hexahydro-, acetate;9-Undecenal; 8-Undecenal; Isocyclocitral; Ethanone,1-(1,2,3,5,6,7,8,8a-octahydro-2,3,8,8-tetramethyl-2-naphthalenyl)-;3-Cyclohexene-1-carboxaldehyde, 3,5-dimethyl-;3-Cyclohexene-1-carboxaldehyde, 2,4-dimethyl-; 1,6-Octadien-3-ol,3,7-dimethyl-; 1,6-Octadien-3-ol, 3,7-dimethyl-, acetate; Lilial(p-t-Bucinal), and Cyclopentanone,2-[2-(4-methyl-3-cyclohexen-1-yl)propyl]- and1-methyl-4-(1-methylethenyl)cyclohexene and mixtures thereof.

In one aspect the composition may comprise an encapsulated perfumeparticle comprising either a water-soluble hydroxylic compound ormelamine-formaldehyde or modified polyvinyl alcohol. In one aspect theencapsulate comprises (a) an at least partially water-soluble solidmatrix comprising one or more water-soluble hydroxylic compounds,preferably starch; and (b) a perfume oil encapsulated by the solidmatrix.

In a further aspect the perfume may be pre-complexed with a polyamine,preferably a polyethylenimine so as to form a Schiff base.

Polymers—

The composition may comprise one or more polymers. Examples arecarboxymethylcellulose, poly(vinyl-pyrrolidone), poly(ethylene glycol),poly(vinyl alcohol), poly(vinylpyridine-N-oxide), poly(vinylimidazole),polycarboxylates such as polyacrylates, maleic/acrylic acid copolymersand lauryl methacrylate/acrylic acid co-polymers.

The composition may comprise one or more amphiphilic cleaning polymerssuch as the compound having the following general structure:bis((C₂H₅O)(C₂H₄O)n)(CH₃)—N⁺—C_(x)H_(2x)—N⁺—(CH₃)-bis((C₂H₅O)(C₂H₄O)n),wherein n=from 20 to 30, and x=from 3 to 8, or sulphated or sulphonatedvariants thereof.

The composition may comprise amphiphilic alkoxylated grease cleaningpolymers which have balanced hydrophilic and hydrophobic properties suchthat they remove grease particles from fabrics and surfaces. Specificembodiments of the amphiphilic alkoxylated grease cleaning polymers ofthe present invention comprise a core structure and a plurality ofalkoxylate groups attached to that core structure. These may comprisealkoxylated polyalkylenimines, preferably having an inner polyethyleneoxide block and an outer polypropylene oxide block.

Alkoxylated polycarboxylates such as those prepared from polyacrylatesare useful herein to provide additional grease removal performance. Suchmaterials are described in WO91/08281 and PCT90/01815. Chemically, thesematerials comprise polyacrylates having one ethoxy side-chain per every7-8 acrylate units. The side-chains are of the formula—(CH₂CH₂O)_(m)(CH₂)_(n)CH₃ wherein m is 2-3 and n is 6-12. Theside-chains are ester-linked to the polyacrylate “backbone” to provide a“comb” polymer type structure. The molecular weight can vary, but istypically in the range of 2000 to 50,000. Such alkoxylatedpolycarboxylates can comprise from 0.05 wt % to 10 wt % of thecompositions herein.

The isoprenoid-derived surfactants of the present invention, and theirmixtures with other cosurfactants and other adjunct ingredients, areparticularly suited to be used with an amphilic graft co-polymer,preferably the amphilic graft co-polymer comprises (i) polyethyeleneglycol backbone; and (ii) and at least one pendant moiety selected frompolyvinyl acetate, polyvinyl alcohol and mixtures thereof. A preferredamphilic graft co-polymer is Sokalan HP22, supplied from BASF. Suitablepolymers include random graft copolymers, preferably a polyvinyl acetategrafted polyethylene oxide copolymer having a polyethylene oxidebackbone and multiple polyvinyl acetate side chains. The molecularweight of the polyethylene oxide backbone is preferably 6000 and theweight ratio of the polyethylene oxide to polyvinyl acetate is 40 to 60and no more than 1 grafting point per 50 ethylene oxide units.

Carboxylate Polymer—

The composition of the present invention may also include one or morecarboxylate polymers such as a maleate/acrylate random copolymer orpolyacrylate homopolymer. In one aspect, the carboxylate polymer is apolyacrylate homopolymer having a molecular weight of from 4,000 to9,000 Da, or from 6,000 to 9,000 Da.

Soil Release Polymer—

The composition of the present invention may also include one or moresoil release polymers having a structure as defined by one of thefollowing structures (I), (II) or (III):—[(OCHR¹—CHR²)_(a)—O—OC—Ar—CO—]_(d)  (I)—[(OCHR³—CHR⁴)_(b)—O—OC-sAr-CO—]_(e)  (II)—[(OCHR⁵—CHR⁶)_(c)—OR⁷]_(f)  (III)wherein:a, b and c are from 1 to 200;d, e and f are from 1 to 50;Ar is a 1,4-substituted phenylene;sAr is 1,3-substituted phenylene substituted in position 5 with SO₃Me;Me is Li, K, Mg/2, Ca/2, Al/3, ammonium, mono-, di-, tri-, ortetraalkylammonium wherein the alkyl groups are C₁-C₁₈ alkyl or C₂-C₁₀hydroxyalkyl, or mixtures thereof;R¹, R², R³, R⁴, R⁵ and R⁶ are independently selected from H or C₁-C₁₈ n-or iso-alkyl; andR⁷ is a linear or branched C₁-C₁₈ alkyl, or a linear or branched C₂-C₃₀alkenyl, or a cycloalkyl group with 5 to 9 carbon atoms, or a C₈-C₃₀aryl group, or a C₆-C₃₀ arylalkyl group.

Suitable soil release polymers are polyester soil release polymers suchas Repel-o-tex polymers, including Repel-o-tex, SF-2 and SRP6 suppliedby Rhodia. Other suitable soil release polymers include Texcarepolymers, including Texcare SRA100, SRA300, SRN100, SRN170, SRN240,SRN300 and SRN325 supplied by Clariant. Other suitable soil releasepolymers are Marloquest polymers, such as Marloquest SL supplied bySasol.

Cellulosic Polymer—

The composition of the present invention may also include one or morecellulosic polymers including those selected from alkyl cellulose, alkylalkoxyalkyl cellulose, carboxyalkyl cellulose, alkyl carboxyalkylcellulose. In one aspect, the cellulosic polymers are selected from thegroup comprising carboxymethyl cellulose, methyl cellulose, methylhydroxyethyl cellulose, methyl carboxymethyl cellulose, and mixturesthereof. In one aspect, the carboxymethyl cellulose has a degree ofcarboxymethyl substitution from 0.5 to 0.9 and a molecular weight from100,000 to 300,000 Da.

Enzymes—

The composition may comprise one or more enzymes which provide cleaningperformance and/or fabric care benefits. Examples of suitable enzymesinclude, but are not limited to, hemicellulases, peroxidases, proteases,cellulases, xylanases, lipases, phospholipases, esterases, cutinases,pectinases, mannanases, pectate lyases, keratinases, reductases,oxidases, phenoloxidases, lipoxygenases, ligninases, pullulanases,tannases, pentosanases, malanases, β-glucanases, arabinosidases,hyaluronidase, chondroitinase, laccase, chlorophyllases, amylases, ormixtures thereof. A typical combination is an enzyme cocktail that maycomprise e.g. a protease and lipase in conjunction with amylase. Whenpresent in a composition, the aforementioned additional enzymes may bepresent at levels from 0.00001 to 2 wt %, from 0.0001 to 1 wt % or from0.001 to 0.5 wt % enzyme protein by weight of the composition.

In general the properties of the selected enzyme(s) should be compatiblewith the selected detergent, (i.e., pH-optimum, compatibility with otherenzymatic and non-enzymatic ingredients, etc.), and the enzyme(s) shouldbe present in effective amounts.

In one aspect preferred enzymes would include a cellulase. Suitablecellulases include those of bacterial or fungal origin. Chemicallymodified or protein engineered mutants are included. Suitable cellulasesinclude cellulases from the genera Bacillus, Pseudomonas, Humicola,Fusarium, Thielavia, Acremonium, e.g., the fungal cellulases producedfrom Humicola insolens, Myceliophthora thermophila and Fusariumoxysporum disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,435,307, 5,648,263, 5,691,178,5,776,757 and WO89/09259.

Especially suitable cellulases are the alkaline or neutral cellulaseshaving colour care benefits. Examples of such cellulases are cellulasesdescribed in EPO495257, EP0531372, WO96/11262, WO96/29397, WO98/08940.Other examples are cellulase variants such as those described inWO94/07998, EP0531315, U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,457,046, 5,686,593, 5,763,254,WO95/24471, WO98/12307 and PCT/DK98/00299.

Commercially available cellulases include Celluzyme™, and Carezyme™(Novozymes A/S), Clazinase™, and Puradax HA™ (Genencor InternationalInc.), and KAC-500(B)™ (Kao Corporation).

In one aspect preferred enzymes would include a protease. Suitableproteases include those of bacterial, fungal, plant, viral or animalorigin e.g. vegetable or microbial origin. Microbial origin ispreferred. Chemically modified or protein engineered mutants areincluded. It may be an alkaline protease, such as a serine protease or ametalloprotease. A serine protease may for example be of the 51 family,such as trypsin, or the S8 family such as subtilisin. A metalloproteasesprotease may for example be a thermolysin from e.g. family M4 or othermetalloprotease such as those from M5, M7 or M8 families.

The term “subtilases” refers to a sub-group of serine protease accordingto Siezen et al., Protein Engng. 4 (1991) 719-737 and Siezen et al.Protein Science 6 (1997) 501-523. Serine proteases are a subgroup ofproteases characterized by having a serine in the active site, whichforms a covalent adduct with the substrate. The subtilases may bedivided into 6 sub-divisions, i.e. the Subtilisin family, the Thermitasefamily, the Proteinase K family, the Lantibiotic peptidase family, theKexin family and the Pyrolysin family.

Examples of subtilases are those derived from Bacillus such as Bacilluslentus, B. alkalophilus, B. subtilis, B. amyloliquefaciens, Bacilluspumilus and Bacillus gibsonii described in; U.S. Pat. No. 7,262,042 andWO09/021867, and subtilisin lentus, subtilisin Novo, subtilisinCarlsberg, Bacillus licheniformis, subtilisin BPN′, subtilisin 309,subtilisin 147 and subtilisin 168 described in WO89/06279 and proteasePD138 described in (WO93/18140). Other useful proteases may be thosedescribed in WO92/175177, WO01/016285, WO02/026024 and WO02/016547.Examples of trypsin-like proteases are trypsin (e.g. of porcine orbovine origin) and the Fusarium protease described in WO89/06270,WO94/25583 and WO05/040372, and the chymotrypsin proteases derived fromCellumonas described in WO05/052161 and WO05/052146.

A further preferred protease is the alkaline protease from Bacilluslentus DSM 5483, as described for example in WO95/23221, and variantsthereof which are described in WO92/21760, WO95/23221, EP1921147 andEP1921148.

Examples of metalloproteases are the neutral metalloprotease asdescribed in WO07/044993 (Genencor Int.) such as those derived fromBacillus amyloliquefaciens. Examples of useful proteases are thevariants described in: WO92/19729, WO96/034946, WO98/20115, WO98/20116,WO99/011768, WO01/44452, WO03/006602, WO04/03186, WO04/041979,WO07/006305, WO11/036263, WO11/036264, especially the variants withsubstitutions in one or more of the following positions: 3, 4, 9, 15,27, 36, 57, 68, 76, 87, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, 102, 103, 104,106, 118, 120, 123, 128, 129, 130, 160, 167, 170, 194, 195, 199, 205,206, 217, 218, 222, 224, 232, 235, 236, 245, 248, 252 and 274 using theBPN′ numbering. More preferred the subtilase variants may comprise themutations: S3T, V41, S9R, A15T, K27R, *36D, V68A, N76D, N87S,R, *97E,A98S, S99G,D,A, S99AD, S101G,M,R S103A, V1041,Y,N, S106A, G118V,R,H120D,N, N123S, S128L, P129Q, S130A, G160D, Y167A, R170S, A194P, G195E,V199M, V2051, L217D, N218D, M222S, A232V, K235L, Q236H, Q245R, N252K,T274A (using BPN′ numbering).

Suitable commercially available protease enzymes include those soldunder the trade names Alcalase®, Blaze®; Duralase™, Durazym™, Relase®,Relase® Ultra, Savinase®, Savinase® Ultra, Primase®, Polarzyme®,Kannase®, Liquanase®, Liquanase® Ultra, Ovozyme®, Coronase®, Coronase®Ultra, Neutrase®, Everlase® and Esperase® all could be sold as Ultra® orEvity® (Novozymes A/S), those sold under the tradename Maxatase®,Maxacal®, Maxapem®, Purafect®, Purafect Prime®, Preferenz™, PurafectMAO, Purafect Ox®, Purafect OxP®, Puramax®, Properase®, Effectenz™,FN2®, FN3®, FN4®, Excellase®, Opticlean® and Optimase® (Danisco/DuPont),Axapem™ (Gist-Brocases N.V.), BLAP (sequence shown in FIG. 29 of U.S.Pat. No. 5,352,604) and variants hereof (Henkel AG) and KAP (Bacillusalkalophilus subtilisin) from Kao.

In one aspect preferred enzymes would include an amylase. Suitableamylases may be an alpha-amylase or a glucoamylase and may be ofbacterial or fungal origin. Chemically modified or protein engineeredmutants are included. Amylases include, for example, alpha-amylasesobtained from Bacillus, e.g., a special strain of Bacilluslicheniformis, described in more detail in GB1296839.

Suitable amylases include amylases having SEQ ID NO: 3 in WO95/10603 orvariants having 90% sequence identity to SEQ ID NO: 3 thereof. Preferredvariants are described in WO94/02597, WO94/18314, WO97/43424 and SEQ IDNO: 4 of WO99/019467, such as variants with substitutions in one or moreof the following positions: 15, 23, 105, 106, 124, 128, 133, 154, 156,178, 179, 181, 188, 190, 197, 201, 202, 207, 208, 209, 211, 243, 264,304, 305, 391, 408, and 444.

Different suitable amylases include amylases having SEQ ID NO: 6 inWO02/010355 or variants thereof having 90% sequence identity to SEQ IDNO: 6. Preferred variants of SEQ ID NO: 6 are those having a deletion inpositions 181 and 182 and a substitution in position 193.

Other amylases which are suitable are hybrid alpha-amylase comprisingresidues 1-33 of the alpha-amylase derived from B. amyloliquefaciensshown in SEQ ID NO: 6 of WO2006/066594 and residues 36-483 of the B.licheniformis alpha-amylase shown in SEQ ID NO: 4 of WO2006/066594 orvariants having 90% sequence identity thereof. Preferred variants ofthis hybrid alpha-amylase are those having a substitution, a deletion oran insertion in one of more of the following positions: G48, T49, G107,H156, A181, N190, M197, I201, A209 and Q264. Most preferred variants ofthe hybrid alpha-amylase comprising residues 1-33 of the alpha-amylasederived from B. amyloliquefaciens shown in SEQ ID NO: 6 of WO2006/066594and residues 36-483 of SEQ ID NO: 4 are those having the substitutions:

M197T;

H156Y+A181T+N190F+A209V+Q264S; or

G48A+T491+G107A+H156Y+A181T+N190F+I201F+A209V+Q264S.

Further amylases which are suitable are amylases having SEQ ID NO: 6 inWO99/019467 or variants thereof having 90% sequence identity to SEQ IDNO: 6. Preferred variants of SEQ ID NO: 6 are those having asubstitution, a deletion or an insertion in one or more of the followingpositions: R181, G182, H183, G184, N195, I206, E212, E216 and K269.Particularly preferred amylases are those having deletion in positionsR181 and G182, or positions H183 and G184.

Additional amylases which can be used are those having SEQ ID NO: 1, SEQID NO: 3, SEQ ID NO: 2 or SEQ ID NO: 7 of WO96/023873 or variantsthereof having 90% sequence identity to SEQ ID NO: 1, SEQ ID NO: 2, SEQID NO: 3 or SEQ ID NO: 7. Preferred variants of SEQ ID NO: 1, SEQ ID NO:2, SEQ ID NO: 3 or SEQ ID NO: 7 are those having a substitution, adeletion or an insertion in one or more of the following positions: 140,181, 182, 183, 184, 195, 206, 212, 243, 260, 269, 304 and 476. Morepreferred variants are those having a deletion in positions 181 and 182or positions 183 and 184. Most preferred amylase variants of SEQ ID NO:1, SEQ ID NO: 2 or SEQ ID NO: 7 are those having a deletion in positions183 and 184 and a substitution in one or more of positions 140, 195,206, 243, 260, 304 and 476.

Other amylases which can be used are amylases having SEQ ID NO: 2 ofWO08/153815, SEQ ID NO: 10 in WO01/66712 or variants thereof having 90%sequence identity to SEQ ID NO: 2 of WO08/153815 or 90% sequenceidentity to SEQ ID NO: 10 in WO01/66712. Preferred variants of SEQ IDNO: 10 in WO01/66712 are those having a substitution, a deletion or aninsertion in one of more of the following positions: 176, 177, 178, 179,190, 201, 207, 211 and 264.

Further suitable amylases are amylases having SEQ ID NO: 2 ofWO09/061380 or variants having 90% sequence identity to SEQ ID NO: 2thereof. Preferred variants of SEQ ID NO: 2 are those having atruncation of the C-terminus and/or a substitution, a deletion or aninsertion in one of more of the following positions: Q87, Q98, S125,N128, T131, T165, K178, R180, S181, T182, G183, M201, F202, N225, S243,N272, N282, Y305, R309, D319, Q320, Q359, K444 and G475. More preferredvariants of SEQ ID NO: 2 are those having the substitution in one ofmore of the following positions: Q87E,R, Q98R, S125A, N128C, T131I,T165I, K178L, T182G, M201L, F202Y, N225E,R, N272E,R, S243Q,A,E,D, Y305R,R309A, Q320R, Q359E, K444E and G475K and/or deletion in position R180and/or S181 or of T182 and/or G183. Most preferred amylase variants ofSEQ ID NO: 2 are those having the substitutions:

N128C+K178L+T182G+Y305R+G475K;

N128C+K178L+T182G+F202Y+Y305R+D319T+G475K;

S125A+N128C+K178L+T182G+Y305R+G475K; or

S125A+N128C+T131I+T165I+K178L+T182G+Y305R+G475K wherein the variants areC-terminally truncated and optionally further comprises a substitutionat position 243 and/or a deletion at position 180 and/or position 181.

Other suitable amylases are the alpha-amylase having SEQ ID NO: 12 inWO01/66712 or a variant having at least 90% sequence identity to SEQ IDNO: 12. Preferred amylase variants are those having a substitution, adeletion or an insertion in one of more of the following positions ofSEQ ID NO: 12 in WO01/66712: R28, R118, N174; R181, G182, D183, G184,G186, W189, N195, M202, Y298, N299, K302, S303, N306, R310, N314; R320,H324, E345, Y396, R400, W439, R444, N445, K446, Q449, R458, N471, N484.Particular preferred amylases include variants having a deletion of D183and G184 and having the substitutions R118K, N195F, R320K and R458K, anda variant additionally having substitutions in one or more positionselected from the group: M9, G149, G182, G186, M202, T257, Y295, N299,M323, E345 and A339, most preferred a variant that additionally hassubstitutions in all these positions.

Other examples are amylase variants such as those described inWO2011/098531, WO2013/001078 and WO2013/001087.

Commercially available amylases are Duramyl™, Termamyl™, TermamylUltra™, Fungamyl™, Ban™, Stainzyme™, Stainzyme Plus™, Amplify®,Supramyl™, Natalase™, Liquozyme X and BAN™ (from Novozymes A/S), KEMZYM®AT 9000 Biozym Biotech Trading GmbH Wehlistrasse 27b A-1200 WienAustria, and Rapidase™, Purastar™/Effectenz™, Powerase, Preferenz S100,Preferenx S110, ENZYSIZE®, OPTISIZE HT PLUS®, and PURASTAR OXAM®(Danisco/DuPont) and KAM® (Kao).

Suitable lipases and cutinases include those of bacterial or fungalorigin. Chemically modified or protein engineered mutant enzymes areincluded. Examples include lipase from Thermomyces, e.g. from T.lanuginosus (previously named Humicola lanuginosa) as described inEP258068 and EP305216, cutinase from Humicola, e.g. H. insolens(WO96/13580), lipase from strains of Pseudomonas (some of these nowrenamed to Burkholderia), e.g. P. alcaligenes or P. pseudoalcaligenes(EP218272), P. cepacia (EP331376), P. sp. strain SD705 (WO95/06720 &WO96/27002), P. wisconsinensis (WO96/12012), GDSL-type Streptomyceslipases (WO10/065455), cutinase from Magnaporthe grisea (WO10/107560),cutinase from Pseudomonas mendocina (U.S. Pat. No. 5,389,536), lipasefrom Thermobifida fusca (WO11/084412, WO13/033318), Geobacillusstearothermophilus lipase (WO11/084417), lipase from Bacillus subtilis(WO11/084599), and lipase from Streptomyces griseus (WO11/150157) and S.pristinaespiralis (WO12/137147).

Other examples are lipase variants such as those described in EP407225,WO92/05249, WO94/01541, WO94/25578, WO95/14783, WO95/30744, WO95/35381,WO95/22615, WO96/00292, WO97/04079, WO97/07202, WO00/34450, WO00/60063,WO01/92502, WO07/87508 and WO09/109500.

Preferred commercial lipase products include Lipolase™, Lipex™; Lipolex™and Lipoclean™ (Novozymes A/S), Lumafast (originally from Genencor) andLipomax (originally from Gist-Brocades).

Still other examples are lipases sometimes referred to asacyltransferases or perhydrolases, e.g. acyltransferases with homologyto Candida antarctica lipase A (WO10/111143), acyltransferase fromMycobacterium smegmatis (WO05/56782), perhydrolases from the CE 7 family(WO09/67279), and variants of the M. smegmatis perhydrolase inparticular the S54V variant used in the commercial product Gentle PowerBleach from Huntsman Textile Effects Pte Ltd (WO10/100028).

In one aspect, other preferred enzymes include microbial-derivedendoglucanases exhibiting endo-beta-1,4-glucanase activity (EC3.2.1.4),including a bacterial polypeptide endogenous to a member of the genusBacillus which has a sequence of at least 90%, 94%, 97% or 99% identityto the amino acid sequence SEQ ID NO:2 in U.S. Pat. No. 7,141,403 andmixtures thereof. Suitable endoglucanases are sold under the tradenamesCelluclean® and Whitezyme® (Novozymes).

Other preferred enzymes include pectate lyases sold under the tradenamesPectawash®, Pectaway®, Xpect® and mannanases sold under the tradenamesMannaway® (Novozymes), and Purabrite® (Danisco/DuPont).

The detergent enzyme(s) may be included in a detergent composition byadding separate additives containing one or more enzymes, or by adding acombined additive comprising all of these enzymes. A detergent additiveof the invention, i.e., a separate additive or a combined additive, canbe formulated, for example, as granulate, liquid, slurry, etc. Preferreddetergent additive formulations are granulates, in particularnon-dusting granulates, liquids, in particular stabilized liquids, orslurries.

Non-dusting granulates may be produced, e.g. as disclosed in U.S. Pat.Nos. 4,106,991 and 4,661,452 and may optionally be coated by methodsknown in the art. Examples of waxy coating materials are poly(ethyleneoxide) products (polyethyleneglycol, PEG) with mean molar weights of1000 to 20000; ethoxylated nonylphenols having from 16 to 50 ethyleneoxide units; ethoxylated fatty alcohols in which the alcohol containsfrom 12 to 20 carbon atoms and in which there are 15 to 80 ethyleneoxide units; fatty alcohols; fatty acids; and mono- and di- andtriglycerides of fatty acids. Examples of film-forming coating materialssuitable for application by fluid bed techniques are given in GB1483591.Liquid enzyme preparations may, for instance, be stabilized by adding apolyol such as propylene glycol, a sugar or sugar alcohol, lactic acidor boric acid according to established methods. Protected enzymes may beprepared according to the method disclosed in EP238216.

Dye Transfer Inhibiting Agents—

The compositions of the present invention may also include one or moredye transfer inhibiting agents. Suitable polymeric dye transferinhibiting agents include, but are not limited to, polyvinylpyrrolidonepolymers, polyamine N-oxide polymers, copolymers of N-vinylpyrrolidoneand N-vinylimidazole, polyvinyloxazolidones and polyvinylimidazoles ormixtures thereof. When present in a composition, the dye transferinhibiting agents may be present at levels from 0.0001 to 10 wt %, from0.01 to 5 wt % or from 0.1 to 3 wt %.

Brighteners—

The compositions of the present invention can also contain additionalcomponents that may tint articles being cleaned, such as fluorescentbrighteners.

The composition may comprise C.I. fluorescent brightener 260 inalpha-crystalline form having the following structure:

In one aspect, the brightener is a cold water soluble brightener, suchas the C.I. fluorescent brightener 260 in alpha-crystalline form. In oneaspect the brightener is predominantly in alpha-crystalline form, whichmeans that typically at least 50 wt %, at least 75 wt %, at least 90 wt%, at least 99 wt %, or even substantially all, of the C.I. fluorescentbrightener 260 is in alpha-crystalline form.

The brightener is typically in micronized particulate form, having aweight average primary particle size of from 3 to 30 micrometers, from 3micrometers to 20 micrometers, or from 3 to 10 micrometers.

The composition may comprise C.I. fluorescent brightener 260 inbeta-crystalline form, and the weight ratio of: (i) C.I. fluorescentbrightener 260 in alpha-crystalline form, to (ii) C.I. fluorescentbrightener 260 in beta-crystalline form may be at least 0.1, or at least0.6. BE680847 relates to a process for making C.I fluorescent brightener260 in alpha-crystalline form.

Commercial optical brighteners which may be useful in the presentinvention can be classified into subgroups, which include, but are notnecessarily limited to, derivatives of stilbene, pyrazoline, coumarin,carboxylic acid, methinecyanines, dibenzothiophene-5,5-dioxide, azoles,5- and 6-membered-ring heterocycles, and other miscellaneous agents.Examples of such brighteners are disclosed in “The Production andApplication of Fluorescent Brightening Agents”, M. Zahradnik, Publishedby John Wiley & Sons, New York (1982). Specific nonlimiting examples ofoptical brighteners which are useful in the present compositions arethose identified in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,790,856 and 3,646,015.

A further suitable brightener has the structure below:

Suitable fluorescent brightener levels include lower levels of from 0.01wt %, from 0.05 wt %, from 0.1 wt % or from 0.2 wt % to upper levels of0.5 wt % or 0.75 wt %.

In one aspect the brightener may be loaded onto a clay to form aparticle. Silicate salts—The compositions of the present invention canalso contain silicate salts, such as sodium or potassium silicate. Thecomposition may comprise of from 0 wt % to less than 10 wt % silicatesalt, to 9 wt %, or to 8 wt %, or to 7 wt %, or to 6 wt %, or to 5 wt %,or to 4 wt %, or to 3 wt %, or even to 2 wt %, and from above 0 wt %, orfrom 0.5 wt %, or from 1 wt % silicate salt. A suitable silicate salt issodium silicate.

Dispersants—

The compositions of the present invention can also contain dispersants.Suitable water-soluble organic materials include the homo- orco-polymeric acids or their salts, in which the polycarboxylic acidcomprises at least two carboxyl radicals separated from each other bynot more than two carbon atoms.

Enzyme Stabilizers—

Enzymes for use in compositions can be stabilized by various techniques.The enzymes employed herein can be stabilized by the presence ofwater-soluble sources of calcium and/or magnesium ions. Examples ofconventional stabilizing agents are, e.g. a polyol such as propyleneglycol or glycerol, a sugar or sugar alcohol, a peptide aldehyde, lacticacid, boric acid, or a boric acid derivative, e.g. an aromatic borateester, or a phenyl boronic acid derivative such as 4-formylphenylboronic acid, and the composition may be formulated as described in, forexample, WO92/19709 and WO92/19708 In case of aqueous compositionscomprising protease, a reversible protease inhibitor, such as a boroncompound including borate, 4-formyl phenylboronic acid, phenylboronicacid and derivatives thereof, or compounds such as calcium formate,sodium formate and 1,2-propane diol can be added to further improvestability. The peptide aldehyde may be of the formula B₂—B₁—B₀—Rwherein: R is hydrogen, CH₃, CX₃, CHX₂, or CH₂X, wherein X is a halogenatom; B₀ is a phenylalanine residue with an OH substituent at thep-position and/or at the m-position; B₁ is a single amino acid residue;and B₂ consists of one or more amino acid residues, optionallycomprising an N-terminal protection group. Preferred peptide aldehydesinclude but are not limited to: Z-RAY-H, Ac-GAY-H, Z-GAY-H, Z-GAL-H,Z-GAF-H, Z-GAV-H, Z-RVY-H, Z-LVY-H, Ac-LGAY-H, Ac-FGAY-H, Ac-YGAY-H,Ac-FGVY-H or Ac-WLVY-H, where Z is benzyloxycarbonyl and Ac is acetyl.

Solvents—

Suitable solvents include water and other solvents such as lipophilicfluids. Examples of suitable lipophilic fluids include siloxanes, othersilicones, hydrocarbons, glycol ethers, glycerine derivatives such asglycerine ethers, perfluorinated amines, perfluorinated andhydrofluoroether solvents, low-volatility nonfluorinated organicsolvents, diol solvents, other environmentally-friendly solvents andmixtures thereof.

Structurant/Thickeners—

Structured liquids can either be internally structured, whereby thestructure is formed by primary ingredients (e.g. surfactant material)and/or externally structured by providing a three dimensional matrixstructure using secondary ingredients (e.g. polymers, clay and/orsilicate material). The composition may comprise a structurant, from0.01 to 5 wt %, or from 0.1 to 2.0 wt %. The structurant is typicallyselected from the group consisting of diglycerides and triglycerides,ethylene glycol distearate, microcrystalline cellulose, cellulose-basedmaterials, microfiber cellulose, hydrophobically modifiedalkali-swellable emulsions such as Polygel W30 (3VSigma), biopolymers,xanthan gum, gellan gum, and mixtures thereof. A suitable structurantincludes hydrogenated castor oil, and non-ethoxylated derivativesthereof. A suitable structurant is disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 6,855,680.Such structurants have a thread-like structuring system having a rangeof aspect ratios. Other suitable structurants and the processes formaking them are described in WO10/034736.

Conditioning Agents—

The composition of the present invention may include a high meltingpoint fatty compound. The high melting point fatty compound usefulherein has a melting point of 25° C. or higher, and is selected from thegroup consisting of fatty alcohols, fatty acids, fatty alcoholderivatives, fatty acid derivatives, and mixtures thereof. Suchcompounds of low melting point are not intended to be included in thissection. Non-limiting examples of the high melting point compounds arefound in International Cosmetic Ingredient Dictionary, Fifth Edition,1993, and CTFA Cosmetic Ingredient Handbook, Second Edition, 1992.

The high melting point fatty compound is included in the composition ata level of from 0.1 to 40 wt %, from 1 to 30 wt %, from 1.5 to 16 wt %,from 1.5 to 8 wt % in view of providing improved conditioning benefitssuch as slippery feel during the application to wet hair, softness andmoisturized feel on dry hair.

The compositions of the present invention may contain a cationicpolymer. Concentrations of the cationic polymer in the compositiontypically range from 0.05 to 3 wt %, from 0.075 to 2.0 wt %, or from 0.1to 1.0 wt %. Suitable cationic polymers will have cationic chargedensities of at least 0.5 meq/gm, at least 0.9 meq/gm, at least 1.2meq/gm, at least 1.5 meq/gm, or less than 7 meq/gm, and less than 5meq/gm, at the pH of intended use of the composition, which pH willgenerally range from pH3 to pH9, or between pH4 and pH8. Herein,“cationic charge density” of a polymer refers to the ratio of the numberof positive charges on the polymer to the molecular weight of thepolymer. The average molecular weight of such suitable cationic polymerswill generally be between 10,000 and 10 million, between 50,000 and 5million, or between 100,000 and 3 million.

Suitable cationic polymers for use in the compositions of the presentinvention contain cationic nitrogen-containing moieties such asquaternary ammonium or cationic protonated amino moieties. Any anioniccounterions can be used in association with the cationic polymers solong as the polymers remain soluble in water, in the composition, or ina coacervate phase of the composition, and so long as the counterionsare physically and chemically compatible with the essential componentsof the composition or do not otherwise unduly impair compositionperformance, stability or aesthetics. Nonlimiting examples of suchcounterions include halides (e.g., chloride, fluoride, bromide, iodide),sulfate and methylsulfate.

Nonlimiting examples of such polymers are described in the CTFA CosmeticIngredient Dictionary, 3rd edition, edited by Estrin, Crosley, andHaynes, (The Cosmetic, Toiletry, and Fragrance Association, Inc.,Washington, D.C. (1982)).

Other suitable cationic polymers for use in the composition includepolysaccharide polymers, cationic guar gum derivatives, quaternarynitrogen-containing cellulose ethers, synthetic polymers, copolymers ofetherified cellulose, guar and starch. When used, the cationic polymersherein are either soluble in the composition or are soluble in a complexcoacervate phase in the composition formed by the cationic polymer andthe anionic, amphoteric and/or zwitterionic surfactant componentdescribed hereinbefore. Complex coacervates of the cationic polymer canalso be formed with other charged materials in the composition. Suitablecationic polymers are described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,962,418; 3,958,581;and US2007/0207109.

The composition of the present invention may include a nonionic polymeras a conditioning agent. Polyalkylene glycols having a molecular weightof more than 1000 are useful herein. Useful are those having thefollowing general formula:

wherein R⁹⁵ is selected from the group consisting of H, methyl, andmixtures thereof. Conditioning agents, and in particular silicones, maybe included in the composition. The conditioning agents useful in thecompositions of the present invention typically comprise a waterinsoluble, water dispersible, non-volatile, liquid that formsemulsified, liquid particles. Suitable conditioning agents for use inthe composition are those conditioning agents characterized generally assilicones (e.g., silicone oils, cationic silicones, silicone gums, highrefractive silicones, and silicone resins), organic conditioning oils(e.g., hydrocarbon oils, polyolefins, and fatty esters) or combinationsthereof, or those conditioning agents which otherwise form liquid,dispersed particles in the aqueous surfactant matrix herein. Suchconditioning agents should be physically and chemically compatible withthe essential components of the composition, and should not otherwiseunduly impair composition stability, aesthetics or performance.

The concentration of the conditioning agent in the composition should besufficient to provide the desired conditioning benefits. Suchconcentration can vary with the conditioning agent, the conditioningperformance desired, the average size of the conditioning agentparticles, the type and concentration of other components, and otherlike factors.

The concentration of the silicone conditioning agent typically rangesfrom 0.01 to 10 wt %. Non-limiting examples of suitable siliconeconditioning agents, and optional suspending agents for the silicone,are described in U.S. Reissue Pat. No. 34,584; U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,104,646;5,106,609; 4,152,416; 2,826,551; 3,964,500; 4,364,837; 6,607,717;6,482,969; 5,807,956; 5,981,681; 6,207,782; 7,465,439; 7,041,767;7,217,777; US2007/0286837A1; US2005/0048549A1; US2007/0041929A1;GB849433; DE10036533, which are all incorporated herein by reference;Chemistry and Technology of Silicones, New York: Academic Press (1968);General Electric Silicone Rubber Product Data Sheets SE 30, SE 33, SE 54and SE 76; Silicon Compounds, Petrarch Systems, Inc. (1984); and inEncyclopedia of Polymer Science and Engineering, vol. 15, 2d ed., pp204-308, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. (1989).

The compositions of the present invention may also comprise from 0.05 to3 wt % of at least one organic conditioning oil as the conditioningagent, either alone or in combination with other conditioning agents,such as the silicones (described herein). Suitable conditioning oilsinclude hydrocarbon oils, polyolefins, and fatty esters. Also suitablefor use in the compositions herein are the conditioning agents describedin U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,674,478 and 5,750,122 or in U.S. Pat. Nos.4,529,586; 4,507,280; 4,663,158; 4,197,865; 4,217,914; 4,381,919; and4,422,853.

Hygiene and Malodour—

The compositions of the present invention may also comprise one or moreof zinc ricinoleate, thymol, quaternary ammonium salts such as Bardac®,polyethylenimines (such as Lupasol® from BASF) and zinc complexesthereof, silver and silver compounds, especially those designed toslowly release Ag⁺ or nano-silver dispersions.

Probiotics—

The compositions may comprise probiotics such as those described inWO09/043709.

Suds Boosters—

If high sudsing is desired, suds boosters such as the C₁₀-C₁₆alkanolamides or C₁₀-C₁₄ alkyl sulphates can be incorporated into thecompositions, typically at 1 to 10 wt % levels. The C₁₀-C₁₄ monoethanoland diethanol amides illustrate a typical class of such suds boosters.Use of such suds boosters with high sudsing adjunct surfactants such asthe amine oxides, betaines and sultaines noted above is alsoadvantageous. If desired, water-soluble magnesium and/or calcium saltssuch as MgCl₂, MgSO₄, CaCl₂, CaSO₄ and the like, can be added at levelsof, typically, 0.1 to 2 wt %, to provide additional suds and to enhancegrease removal performance.

Suds Suppressors—

Compounds for reducing or suppressing the formation of suds can beincorporated into the compositions of the present invention. Sudssuppression can be of particular importance in the so-called “highconcentration cleaning process” as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,489,455and 4,489,574, and in front-loading-style washing machines. A widevariety of materials may be used as suds suppressors, and sudssuppressors are well known to those skilled in the art. See e.g. KirkOthmer Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology, Third Edition, Volume 7, p.430-447 (John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1979). Examples of suds supressorsinclude monocarboxylic fatty acid and soluble salts therein, highmolecular weight hydrocarbons such as paraffin, fatty acid esters (e.g.,fatty acid triglycerides), fatty acid esters of monovalent alcohols,aliphatic C₁₈-C₄₀ ketones (e.g., stearone), N-alkylated amino triazines,waxy hydrocarbons preferably having a melting point below about 100° C.,silicone suds suppressors, and secondary alcohols. Suds supressors aredescribed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 2,954,347; 4,265,779; 4,265,779; 3,455,839;3,933,672; 4,652,392; 4,978,471; 4,983,316; 5,288,431; 4,639,489;4,749,740; 4,798,679; 4,075,118; EP89307851.9; EP150872; and DOS2,124,526.

For any detergent compositions to be used in automatic laundry washingmachines, suds should not form to the extent that they overflow thewashing machine. Suds suppressors, when utilized, are preferably presentin a “suds suppressing amount”. By “suds suppressing amount” is meantthat the formulator of the composition can select an amount of this sudscontrolling agent that will sufficiently control the suds to result in alow-sudsing laundry detergent for use in automatic laundry washingmachines.

The compositions herein will generally comprise from 0 to 10 wt % ofsuds suppressor. When utilized as suds suppressors, monocarboxylic fattyacids, and salts therein, will be present typically in amounts up to 5wt %. Preferably, from 0.5 to 3 wt % of fatty monocarboxylate sudssuppressor is utilized. Silicone suds suppressors are typically utilizedin amounts up to 2.0 wt %, although higher amounts may be used.Monostearyl phosphate suds suppressors are generally utilized in amountsranging from 0.1 to 2 wt %. Hydrocarbon suds suppressors are typicallyutilized in amounts ranging from 0.01 to 5.0 wt %, although higherlevels can be used. The alcohol suds suppressors are typically used at0.2 to 3 wt %.

The compositions herein may have a cleaning activity over a broad rangeof pH. In certain embodiments the compositions have cleaning activityfrom pH4 to pH11.5. In other embodiments, the compositions are activefrom pH6 to pH11, from pH7 to pH11, from pH8 to pH11, from pH9 to pH11,or from pH10 to pH11.5.

The compositions herein may have cleaning activity over a wide range oftemperatures, e.g., from 10° C. or lower to 90° C. Preferably thetemperature will be below 50° C. or 40° C. or even 30° C. In certainembodiments, the optimum temperature range for the compositions is from10° C. to 20° C., from 15° C. to 25° C., from 15° C. to 30° C., from 20°C. to 30° C., from 25° C. to 35° C., from 30° C. to 40° C., from 35° C.to 45° C., or from 40° C. to 50° C.

Form of the Composition

The compositions described herein are advantageously employed forexample, in laundry applications, hard surface cleaning, dishwashingapplications, as well as cosmetic applications such as dentures, teeth,hair and skin. The compositions of the invention are in particular solidor liquid cleaning and/or treatment compositions. In one aspect theinvention relates to a composition, wherein the form of the compositionis selected from the group consisting of a regular, compact orconcentrated liquid; a gel; a paste; a soap bar; a regular or acompacted powder; a granulated solid; a homogenous or a multilayertablet with two or more layers (same or different phases); a pouchhaving one or more compartments; a single or a multi-compartment unitdose form; or any combination thereof.

The form of the composition may separate the components physically fromeach other in compartments such as e.g. water dissolvable pouches or indifferent layers of tablets. Thereby negative storage interactionbetween components can be avoided. Different dissolution profiles ofeach of the compartments can also give rise to delayed dissolution ofselected components in the wash solution.

Pouches can be configured as single or multicompartments. It can be ofany form, shape and material which is suitable for hold the composition,e.g. without allowing the release of the composition to release of thecomposition from the pouch prior to water contact. The pouch is madefrom water soluble film which encloses an inner volume. Said innervolume can be divided into compartments of the pouch. Preferred filmsare polymeric materials preferably polymers which are formed into a filmor sheet. Preferred polymers, copolymers or derivates thereof areselected polyacrylates, and water soluble acrylate copolymers, methylcellulose, carboxy methyl cellulose, sodium dextrin, ethyl cellulose,hydroxyethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose, malto dextrin,poly methacrylates, most preferably polyvinyl alcohol copolymers and,hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose (HPMC). Preferably the level of polymerin the film for example PVA is at least about 60%. Preferred averagemolecular weight will typically be about 20,000 to about 150,000. Filmscan also be of blended compositions comprising hydrolytically degradableand water soluble polymer blends such as polylactide and polyvinylalcohol (known under the Trade reference M8630 as sold by MonoSol LLC,Indiana, USA) plus plasticisers like glycerol, ethylene glycerol,propylene glycol, sorbitol and mixtures thereof. The pouches cancomprise a solid laundry cleaning composition or part components and/ora liquid cleaning composition or part components separated by the watersoluble film. The compartment for liquid components can be different incomposition than compartments containing solids (US2009/0011970 A1).

Water-Soluble Film—

The compositions of the present invention may also be encapsulatedwithin a water-soluble film. Preferred film materials are preferablypolymeric materials. The film material can e.g. be obtained by casting,blow-moulding, extrusion or blown extrusion of the polymeric material,as known in the art. Preferred polymers, copolymers or derivativesthereof suitable for use as pouch material are selected from polyvinylalcohols, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, polyalkylene oxides, acrylamide,acrylic acid, cellulose, cellulose ethers, cellulose esters, celluloseamides, polyvinyl acetates, polycarboxylic acids and salts,polyaminoacids or peptides, polyamides, polyacrylamide, copolymers ofmaleic/acrylic acids, polysaccharides including starch and gelatine,natural gums such as xanthum and carragum. More preferred polymers areselected from polyacrylates and water-soluble acrylate copolymers,methylcellulose, carboxymethylcellulose sodium, dextrin, ethylcellulose,hydroxyethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, maltodextrin,polymethacrylates, and most preferably selected from polyvinyl alcohols,polyvinyl alcohol copolymers and hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose (HPMC),and combinations thereof. Preferably, the level of polymer in the pouchmaterial, e.g. a PVA polymer, is at least 60 wt %. The polymer can haveany weight average molecular weight, preferably from about 1,000 to1,000,000, from about 10,000 to 300,000, from about 20,000 to 150,000.Mixtures of polymers can also be used as the pouch material.

Naturally, different film material and/or films of different thicknessmay be employed in making the compartments of the present invention. Abenefit in selecting different films is that the resulting compartmentsmay exhibit different solubility or release characteristics.

Preferred film materials are PVA films known under the MonoSol tradereference M8630, M8900, H8779 and those described in U.S. Pat. Nos.6,166,117 and 6,787,512 and PVA films of corresponding solubility anddeformability characteristics.

The film material herein can also comprise one or more additiveingredients. For example, it can be beneficial to add plasticisers, e.g.glycerol, ethylene glycol, diethyleneglycol, propylene glycol, sorbitoland mixtures thereof. Other additives include functional detergentadditives to be delivered to the wash water, e.g. organic polymericdispersants, etc.

Processes of Making the Compositions

The compositions of the present invention can be formulated into anysuitable form and prepared by any process chosen by the formulator,non-limiting examples of which are described in Applicants' examples andin U.S. Pat. No. 4,990,280; US20030087791A1; US20030087790A1;US20050003983A1; US20040048764A1; U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,762,636; 6,291,412;US20050227891 A1; EP1070115A2; U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,879,584; 5,691,297;5,574,005; 5,569,645; 5,565,422; 5,516,448; 5,489,392; 5,486,303 all ofwhich are incorporated herein by reference. The compositions of theinvention or prepared according to the invention comprise cleaningand/or treatment composition including, but not limited to, compositionsfor treating fabrics, hard surfaces and any other surfaces in the areaof fabric and home care, including: air care including air freshenersand scent delivery systems, car care, dishwashing, fabric conditioning(including softening and/or freshening), laundry detergency, laundry andrinse additive and/or care, hard surface cleaning and/or treatmentincluding floor and toilet bowl cleaners, granular or powder-formall-purpose or “heavy-duty” washing agents, especially cleaningdetergents; liquid, gel or paste-form all-purpose washing agents,especially the so-called heavy-duty liquid types; liquid fine-fabricdetergents; hand dishwashing agents or light duty dishwashing agents,especially those of the high-foaming type; machine dishwashing agents,including the various tablet, granular, liquid and rinse-aid types forhousehold and institutional use: car or carpet shampoos, bathroomcleaners including toilet bowl cleaners; as well as cleaning auxiliariessuch as bleach additives and “stain-stick” or pre-treat types,substrate-laden compositions such as dryer added sheets. Preferred arecompositions and methods for cleaning and/or treating textiles and/orhard surfaces, most preferably textiles. The compositions are preferablycompositions used in a pre-treatment step or main wash step of a washingprocess, most preferably for use in textile washing step.

As used herein, the term “fabric and/or hard surface cleaning and/ortreatment composition” is a subset of cleaning and treatmentcompositions that includes, unless otherwise indicated, granular orpowder-form all-purpose or “heavy-duty” washing agents, especiallycleaning detergents; liquid, gel or paste-form all-purpose washingagents, especially the so-called heavy-duty liquid types; liquidfine-fabric detergents; hand dishwashing agents or light dutydishwashing agents, especially those of the high-foaming type; machinedishwashing agents, including the various tablet, granular, liquid andrinse-aid types for household and institutional use; liquid cleaning anddisinfecting agents, car or carpet shampoos, bathroom cleaners includingtoilet bowl cleaners; fabric conditioning compositions includingsoftening and/or freshening that may be in liquid, solid and/or dryersheet form; as well as cleaning auxiliaries such as bleach additives and“stain-stick” or pre-treat types, substrate-laden compositions such asdryer added sheets. All of such compositions which are applicable may bein standard, concentrated or even highly concentrated form even to theextent that such compositions may in certain aspect be non-aqueous.

Method of Use

The present invention includes a method for cleaning any surfaceincluding treating a textile or a hard surface or other surfaces in thefield of fabric and/or home care. It is comtemplated that cleaning asdescribed may be both in small scale as in e.g. family house hold aswell as in large scale as in e.g. industrial and professional settings.In one aspect of the invention, the method comprises the step ofcontacting the surface to be treated in a pre-treatment step or mainwash step of a washing process, most preferably for use in a textilewashing step or alternatively for use in dishwashing including bothmanual as well as automated/mechanical dishwashing. In one embodiment ofthe invention the lipase variant and other components are addedsequentially into the method for cleaning and/or treating the surface.Alternatively, the lipase variant and other components are addedsimultaneously.

As used herein, washing includes but is not limited to, scrubbing, andmechanical agitation. Washing may be conducted with a foam compositionas described in WO08/101958 and/or by applying alternating pressure(pressure/vacuum) as an addition or as an alternative to scrubbing andmechanical agitation. Drying of such surfaces or fabrics may beaccomplished by any one of the common means employed either in domesticor industrial settings. The cleaning compositions of the presentinvention are ideally suited for use in laundry as well as dishwashingapplications. Accordingly, the present invention includes a method forcleaning an object including but not limiting to fabric, tableware,cutlery and kitchenware. The method comprises the steps of contactingthe object to be cleaned with a said cleaning composition comprising atleast one embodiment of Applicants' cleaning composition, cleaningadditive or mixture thereof. The fabric may comprise most any fabriccapable of being laundered in normal consumer or institutional useconditions. The solution may have a pH from 8 to 10.5. The compositionsmay be employed at concentrations from 500 to 15.000 ppm in solution.The water temperatures typically range from 5° C. to 90° C. The water tofabric ratio is typically from 1:1 to 30:1.

In one aspect the invention relates to a method of using the polypeptidewith at least 60% identity to SEQ ID NO: 2 for producing a composition.In one aspect the invention relates to use of the composition forcleaning an object.

In one aspect the invention relates to a method of producing thecomposition, comprising adding a polypeptide with at least 60% identityto SEQ ID NO: 2, and a surfactant. In one aspect the invention relatesto a method for cleaning a surface, comprising contacting a lipid stainpresent on the surface to be cleaned with the cleaning composition. Inone aspect the invention relates to a method for hydrolyzing a lipidpresent in a soil and/or a stain on a surface, comprising contacting thesoil and/or the stain with the cleaning composition. In one aspect theinvention relates to use of the composition in the hydrolysis of acarboxylic acid ester. In one aspect the invention relates to use of thecomposition in the hydrolysis, synthesis or interesterification of anester. In one aspect the invention relates to use of the composition forthe manufacture of a stable formulation.

Plants

The present invention also relates to plants, e.g., a transgenic plant,plant part, or plant cell, comprising a polynucleotide of the presentinvention so as to express and produce the variant in recoverablequantities. The variant may be recovered from the plant or plant part.Alternatively, the plant or plant part containing the variant may beused as such for improving the quality of a food or feed, e.g.,improving nutritional value, palatability, and rheological properties,or to destroy an antinutritive factor.

The transgenic plant can be dicotyledonous (a dicot) or monocotyledonous(a monocot). Examples of monocot plants are grasses, such as meadowgrass (blue grass, Poa), forage grass such as Festuca, Lolium, temperategrass, such as Agrostis, and cereals, e.g., wheat, oats, rye, barley,rice, sorghum, and maize (corn).

Examples of dicot plants are tobacco, legumes, such as lupins, potato,sugar beet, pea, bean and soybean, and cruciferous plants (familyBrassicaceae), such as cauliflower, rape seed, and the closely relatedmodel organism Arabidopsis thaliana.

Examples of plant parts are stem, callus, leaves, root, fruits, seeds,and tubers as well as the individual tissues comprising these parts,e.g., epidermis, mesophyll, parenchyme, vascular tissues, meristems.Specific plant cell compartments, such as chloroplasts, apoplasts,mitochondria, vacuoles, peroxisomes and cytoplasm are also considered tobe a plant part. Furthermore, any plant cell, whatever the tissueorigin, is considered to be a plant part. Likewise, plant parts such asspecific tissues and cells isolated to facilitate the utilization of theinvention are also considered plant parts, e.g., embryos, endosperms,aleurone and seed coats.

Also included within the scope of the present invention are the progenyof such plants, plant parts, and plant cells.

The transgenic plant or plant cell expressing a variant may beconstructed in accordance with methods known in the art. In short, theplant or plant cell is constructed by incorporating one or moreexpression constructs encoding a variant into the plant host genome orchloroplast genome and propagating the resulting modified plant or plantcell into a transgenic plant or plant cell.

The expression construct is conveniently a nucleic acid construct thatcomprises a polynucleotide encoding a variant operably linked withappropriate regulatory sequences required for expression of thepolynucleotide in the plant or plant part of choice. Furthermore, theexpression construct may comprise a selectable marker useful foridentifying plant cells into which the expression construct has beenintegrated and DNA sequences necessary for introduction of the constructinto the plant in question (the latter depends on the DNA introductionmethod to be used).

The choice of regulatory sequences, such as promoter and terminatorsequences and optionally signal or transit sequences, is determined, forexample, on the basis of when, where, and how the variant is desired tobe expressed. For instance, the expression of the gene encoding avariant may be constitutive or inducible, or may be developmental, stageor tissue specific, and the gene product may be targeted to a specifictissue or plant part such as seeds or leaves. Regulatory sequences are,for example, described by Tague et al., 1988, Plant Physiology 86: 506.

For constitutive expression, the 35S-CaMV, the maize ubiquitin 1, or therice actin 1 promoter may be used (Franck et al., 1980, Cell 21:285-294; Christensen et al., 1992, Plant Mol. Biol. 18: 675-689; Zhanget al., 1991, Plant Cell 3: 1155-1165). Organ-specific promoters may be,for example, a promoter from storage sink tissues such as seeds, potatotubers, and fruits (Edwards and Coruzzi, 1990, Ann. Rev. Genet. 24:275-303), or from metabolic sink tissues such as meristems (Ito et al.,1994, Plant Mol. Biol. 24: 863-878), a seed specific promoter such asthe glutelin, prolamin, globulin, or albumin promoter from rice (Wu etal., 1998, Plant Cell Physiol. 39: 885-889), a Vicia faba promoter fromthe legumin B4 and the unknown seed protein gene from Vicia faba (Conradet al., 1998, J. Plant Physiol. 152: 708-711), a promoter from a seedoil body protein (Chen et al., 1998, Plant Cell Physiol. 39: 935-941),the storage protein napA promoter from Brassica napus, or any other seedspecific promoter known in the art, e.g., as described in WO 91/14772.Furthermore, the promoter may be a leaf specific promoter such as therbcs promoter from rice or tomato (Kyozuka et al., 1993, Plant Physiol.102: 991-1000), the chlorella virus adenine methyltransferase genepromoter (Mitra and Higgins, 1994, Plant Mol. Biol. 26: 85-93), the aldPgene promoter from rice (Kagaya et al., 1995, Mol. Gen. Genet. 248:668-674), or a wound inducible promoter such as the potato pin2 promoter(Xu et al., 1993, Plant Mol. Biol. 22: 573-588). Likewise, the promotermay be induced by abiotic treatments such as temperature, drought, oralterations in salinity or induced by exogenously applied substancesthat activate the promoter, e.g., ethanol, oestrogens, plant hormonessuch as ethylene, abscisic acid, and gibberellic acid, and heavy metals.

A promoter enhancer element may also be used to achieve higherexpression of a variant in the plant. For instance, the promoterenhancer element may be an intron that is placed between the promoterand the polynucleotide encoding a variant. For instance, Xu et al.,1993, supra, disclose the use of the first intron of the rice actin 1gene to enhance expression.

The selectable marker gene and any other parts of the expressionconstruct may be chosen from those available in the art.

The nucleic acid construct is incorporated into the plant genomeaccording to conventional techniques known in the art, includingAgrobacterium-mediated transformation, virus-mediated transformation,microinjection, particle bombardment, biolistic transformation, andelectroporation (Gasser et al., 1990, Science 244: 1293; Potrykus, 1990,Bio/Technology 8: 535; Shimamoto et al., 1989, Nature 338: 274).

Agrobacterium tumefaciens-mediated gene transfer is a method forgenerating transgenic dicots (for a review, see Hooykas andSchilperoort, 1992, Plant Mol. Biol. 19: 15-38) and for transformingmonocots, although other transformation methods may be used for theseplants. A method for generating transgenic monocots is particlebombardment (microscopic gold or tungsten particles coated with thetransforming DNA) of embryonic calli or developing embryos (Christou,1992, Plant J. 2: 275-281; Shimamoto, 1994, Curr. Opin. Biotechnol. 5:158-162; Vasil et al., 1992, Bio/Technology 10: 667-674). An alternativemethod for transformation of monocots is based on protoplasttransformation as described by Omirulleh et al., 1993, Plant Mol. Biol.21: 415-428. Additional transformation methods include those describedin U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,395,966 and 7,151,204 (both of which are hereinincorporated by reference in their entirety).

Following transformation, the transformants having incorporated theexpression construct are selected and regenerated into whole plantsaccording to methods well known in the art. Often the transformationprocedure is designed for the selective elimination of selection geneseither during regeneration or in the following generations by using, forexample, co-transformation with two separate T-DNA constructs or sitespecific excision of the selection gene by a specific recombinase.

In addition to direct transformation of a particular plant genotype witha construct of the present invention, transgenic plants may be made bycrossing a plant having the construct to a second plant lacking theconstruct. For example, a construct encoding a variant can be introducedinto a particular plant variety by crossing, without the need for everdirectly transforming a plant of that given variety. Therefore, thepresent invention encompasses not only a plant directly regenerated fromcells which have been transformed in accordance with the presentinvention, but also the progeny of such plants. As used herein, progenymay refer to the offspring of any generation of a parent plant preparedin accordance with the present invention. Such progeny may include a DNAconstruct prepared in accordance with the present invention. Crossingresults in the introduction of a transgene into a plant line by crosspollinating a starting line with a donor plant line. Non-limitingexamples of such steps are described in U.S. Pat. No. 7,151,204.

Plants may be generated through a process of backcross conversion. Forexample, plants include plants referred to as a backcross convertedgenotype, line, inbred, or hybrid.

Genetic markers may be used to assist in the introgression of one ormore transgenes of the invention from one genetic background intoanother. Marker assisted selection offers advantages relative toconventional breeding in that it can be used to avoid errors caused byphenotypic variations. Further, genetic markers may provide dataregarding the relative degree of elite germplasm in the individualprogeny of a particular cross. For example, when a plant with a desiredtrait which otherwise has a non-agronomically desirable geneticbackground is crossed to an elite parent, genetic markers may be used toselect progeny which not only possess the trait of interest, but alsohave a relatively large proportion of the desired germplasm. In thisway, the number of generations required to introgress one or more traitsinto a particular genetic background is minimized.

The present invention also relates to methods of producing a variant ofthe present invention comprising: (a) cultivating a transgenic plant ora plant cell comprising a polynucleotide encoding the variant underconditions conducive for production of the variant; and (b) recoveringthe variant.

The present invention is further described by the following examplesthat should not be construed as limiting the scope of the invention.

EXAMPLES Example 1: Real Time Storage Stability Assay

Protocol A: Detergent

After active site titration purified lipase variants were diluted with abuffer (10 mM Succinic acid+2 mM CaCl2+0.02% Brij 35 adjusted to pH6.5)to the specified concentration. 10 uL of the 100 ppm lipase solution wasadded to a 90 uL of detergent composition, stirred for 5 minutes andsealed. Samples were stored at 4° C. in detergent D002 (unstressed) andin detergent D001 or D002 at 47° C. (stressed). Storage time was 335.5hours.

After storage possible condensation liquid was collected bycentrifugation. To the 100 uL stressed or unstressed sample 235 uL ofbuffer (0.1M Tris-HCl, 9 mM CaCl2, 0.0225% Brij-30, pH8.0+0.85% 4-FBPA(31.5 g/l)) were added corresponding to a 3.35-fold dilution. After 10minutes stirring 5 uL sample aliquots were further diluted with the samebuffer 60-fold. Then one part of this lipase dilution was mixed withfour parts of 0.5 mM pNP-palmitate, 1 mM calcium chloride, 100 mM Tris(pH8.0), 6.5 mM Deoxycholate, 1.4 g/L AOS and for 30 minutes release ofthe pNP chromophore was measured spectrophotometrically. This was usedto determine activity via the initial linear slope of the reaction.

Residual activity was calculated as the ratio of the measured velocitiesof stressed versus unstressed sample. The median value of the residualactivity was calculated based on four replicates and normalized by alipase variant reference run with each experimental set.

Half life (T_(1/2)) was calculated based on the following formula:Half life=Stress time*ln(0.5)/ln(residual activity)

The half life improvement factor (HIF) of the specific mutations wascalculated by dividing the half life of the lipase variant with the halflife of the parent lipase.

The half life of Lipex was determined at an incubation time of 23.25 hat the same conditions. The residual activity was 6% in D001 and 20% inD002 resulting in half lifes of 6 and 10 hours respectively.

Protocol B: Detergent with Protease

After active site titration purified lipase variants were diluted with abuffer (10 mM Succinic acid+2 mM CaCl2+0.02% Brij 35 adjusted to pH6.5)to the specified concentration. 10 uL of the 100 ppm lipase solution wasadded to a 70 uL of detergent composition, stirred for 5 minutes andsealed. Samples were stored at 4° C. in detergent D001 without protease(unstressed) and in detergent D001 with 1.35% Savinase 16L at 30° C.(stressed). Storage time was 160 hours.

After storage possible condensation liquid was collected bycentrifugation. To the 100 uL stressed or unstressed sample 230 ul ofbuffer (0.1M Tris-HCl, 9 mM CaCl2, 0.0225% Brij-30, pH8.0+0.85% 4-FBPA(31.5 g/l)) were added corresponding to a 3.3-fold dilution. After 5minutes stirring 5 uL sample aliquots were further diluted with the samebuffer 60-fold. Then one part of this lipase dilution was mixed withfour parts of 0.5 mM pNP-palmitate, 1 mM calcium chloride, 100 mM Tris(pH8.0), 6.5 mM Deoxycholate, 1.4 g/L AOS and for 30 minutes release ofthe pNP chromophore was measured spectrophotometrically. This was usedto determine activity via the initial linear slope of the reaction.

Residual activity was calculated as the ratio of the measured velocitiesof stressed versus unstressed sample. The median value of the residualactivity was calculated based on four replicates and normalized by alipase variant reference run with each experimental set.

Half life (T_(1/2)) was calculated based on the following formula:Half life=Stress time*ln(0.5)/ln(residual activity)

The half life improvement factor (HIF) of the specific mutations wascalculated by dividing the half life of the lipase variant with the halflife of the parent lipase.

The half life of Lipex was determined at an incubation time of 23.25 hat the same conditions. The residual activity was 15% in D001 with 1.35%Savinase resulting in a half life of 8.5 hours.

Protocol C: Detergent with Protease

The protocol was conducted essentially as described for protocol Bexcept that the stress incubation was at 25° C. for 164 hours. Lipex hadat these conditions a residual activity of 4% and a half life of 35hours.

Protocol D: Detergent

After active site titration purified lipase variants were diluted with abuffer (10 mM Succinic acid+2 mM CaCl2+0.02% Brij 35 adjusted to pH6.5)to the specified concentration. 10 uL of the 100 ppm lipase solution wasadded to a 90 uL of detergent composition, stirred for 5 minutes andsealed. Samples were stored at 4° C. in detergent D002 (unstressed) andin detergent D001 or D002 at 47° C. (stressed). Storage time was 13.33hours.

After storage possible condensation liquid was collected bycentrifugation. To the 100 uL stressed or unstressed sample 235 uL ofbuffer (0.1M Tris-HCl, 9 mM CaCl2, 0.0225% Brij-30, pH8.0+0.85% 4-FBPA(31.5 g/l)) were added corresponding to a 3.35-fold dilution. After 10minutes stirring 5 uL sample aliquots were further diluted with the samebuffer 60-fold. Then one part of this lipase dilution was mixed withfour parts of 0.5 mM pNP-palmitate, 1 mM calcium chloride, 100 mM Tris(pH8.0), 6.5 mM Deoxycholate, 1.4 g/L AOS and for 30 minutes release ofthe pNP chromophore was measured spectrophotometrically. This was usedto determine activity via the initial linear slope of the reaction.

Residual activity was calculated as the ratio of the measured velocitiesof stressed versus unstressed sample. The median value of the residualactivity was calculated based on four replicates and normalized by alipase variant reference run with each experimental set.

Half life (T_(1/2)) was calculated based on the following formula:Half life=Stress time*ln(0.5)/ln(residual activity)

The half life improvement factor (HIF) of the specific mutations wascalculated by dividing the half life of the lipase variant with the halflife of the parent lipase.

Protocol E: Detergent with Protease

After active site titration purified lipase variants were diluted with abuffer (10 mM Succinic acid+2 mM CaCl2+0.02% Brij 35 adjusted to pH6.5)to a the specified concentration. 10 uL of the 100 ppm lipase solutionwas added to a 90 uL of detergent composition, stirred for 5 minutes andsealed. Samples were stored at 4° C. in detergent D001 without protease(unstressed) and in detergent D001 with 1.35% Savinase 16L at 30° C.(stressed). Storage time was 13.33 hours.

After storage possible condensation liquid was collected bycentrifugation. To the 100 uL stressed or unstressed sample 235 ul ofbuffer (0.1M Tris-HCl, 9 mM CaCl2, 0.0225% Brij-30, pH8.0+0.85% 4-FBPA(31.5 g/l)) were added corresponding to a 3.35-fold dilution. After 5minutes stirring 5 uL sample aliquots were further diluted with the samebuffer 60-fold. Then one part of this lipase dilution was mixed withfour parts of 0.5 mM pNP-palmitate, 1 mM calcium chloride, 100 mM Tris(pH8.0), 6.5 mM Deoxycholate, 1.4 g/L AOS and for 30 minutes release ofthe pNP chromophore was measured spectrophotometrically. This was usedto determine activity via the initial linear slope of the reaction.

Residual activity was calculated as the ratio of the measured velocitiesof stressed versus unstressed sample. The median value of the residualactivity was calculated based on four replicates and normalized by alipase variant reference run with each experimental set.

Half life (T_(1/2)) was calculated based on the following formula:Half life=Stress time*ln(0.5)/ln(residual activity)

The half life improvement factor (HIF) of the specific mutations wascalculated by dividing the half life of the lipase variant with the halflife of the parent lipase.

Protocol F: Culture Broth with Produced Enzyme Variant Incubated inDetergent

Aspergillus oryzae strains producing the lipase variant were grown for 5days at 37° C. in 2×SC medium with 2% maltose without shaking. 2×SCmedium is 15 g yeast nitrogen base without amino acids (Difco 291920),22.6 g succinic acid (Merck 822260), 13.6 g sodium hydroxide (Merck106498), 11.2 g casamino acids (vitamin assay, Difco 228830) and 0.2 gL-tryptophan (Merck 108374) dissolved in 1 L deionized water.

10 uL of the culture broth were added to 90 uL of detergent composition,stirred for 5 minutes and sealed. Samples were stored at −20° C. indetergent D001 (unstressed) and in detergent D001 at 47° C. (stressed).Storage time is indicated in the data tables.

After storage possible condensation liquid was collected bycentrifugation. To the 100 uL stressed or unstressed sample 230 uL ofbuffer (0.1M Tris-HCl; 9 mM CaCl2; 0.0225% Brij-30; pH8.0+0.85% 4-FBPA(31.5 g/l)) were added corresponding to a 3.3-fold dilution. After 10minutes stirring 5 uL sample aliquots were further diluted with the samebuffer 60-fold. Then one part of this lipase dilution was mixed withfour parts of 0.5 mM pNP-palmitate, 1 mM calcium chloride, 100 mM Tris(pH8.0), 6.5 mM Deoxycholate, 1.4 g/L AOS and for 30 minutes release ofthe pNP chromophore was measured spectrophotometrically. This was usedto determine activity via the initial linear slope of the reaction.

Residual activity was calculated as the ratio of the measured velocitiesof stressed versus unstressed sample. Half life (T_(1/2)) was calculatedbased on the following formula:Half life=Stress time*ln(0.5)/ln(residual activity)

The median value of the residual activity and the halflifes wascalculated based on four replicates.

The half life improvement factor (HIF) of the specific mutations wascalculated by dividing the half life of the lipase variant with the halflife of the parent lipase.

Protocol G: Culture Broth with Produced Enzyme Variant Incubated inDetergent with Protease

10 uL of the culture broth from protocol F were added to 90 uL ofdetergent composition, stirred for 5 minutes and sealed. Samples werestored at −20° C. in detergent D001 without protease (unstressed) and indetergent D001 with 1.35% Savinase 16L at 30° C. (stressed). Storagetime is indicated in the data tables.

After storage possible condensation liquid was collected bycentrifugation. To the 100 uL stressed or unstressed sample 230 uL ofbuffer (0.1M Tris-HCl, 9 mM CaCl2, 0.0225% Brij-30, pH8.0+0.85% 4-FBPA(31.5 g/l)) were added corresponding to a 3.3-fold dilution. After 10minutes stirring 5 uL sample aliquots were further diluted with the samebuffer 60-fold. Then one part of this lipase dilution was mixed withfour parts of 0.5 mM pNP-palmitate, 1 mM calcium chloride, 100 mM Tris(pH8.0), 6.5 mM Deoxycholate, 1.4 g/L AOS and for 30 minutes release ofthe pNP chromophore was measured spectrophotometrically. This was usedto determine activity via the initial linear slope of the reaction.

Residual activity was calculated as the ratio of the measured velocitiesof stressed versus unstressed sample. Half life (T_(1/2)) was calculatedbased on the following formula:Half life=Stress time*ln(0.5)/ln(residual activity)

The median value of the residual activity and the halflifes wascalculated based on four replicates.

The half life improvement factor (HIF) of the specific mutations wascalculated by dividing the half life of the lipase variant with the halflife of the parent lipase.

TABLE 1A Composition of D001 Components (*amounts based on the actualdry matter contents) wt % Soft water 49.0 NaOH, pellets 3.0 Linear alkylsulfonic (LAS) acid 12.0 Soy fatty acid (Edenor SJ,) 6.0 Coco fatty acid(Radiacid 0631) 5.0 Alkyl ethoxylate C13AE8EO; (90%*) 10.0 Triethanolamine (99/90%*) 2.0 Na-citrate, dehydrate 1.0 DTPMPA;diethylenetriaminepentakis(methylenephosphonic) 3.0 acid (Dequest 2066C2) Propylene glycol 5.0 EtOH (99.9%*) 5.0 Colorant added Opacifier(Syntran 5909, 35 w %*) 0.1 pH 8.4

TABLE 1B Composition of D002 Components (Content of active component iningredient) wt % Soft water 34.14 NaOH, pellets (>99%) 1.75 Linearalkylbenzenesulfonic acid (LAS) (97%) 12.00 Sodium laureth sulfate(SLES) (28%) 17.63 Soy fatty acid (>90%) 2.75 Coco fatty acid (>90%)2.75 AEO; alcohol ethoxylate with 8 mol EO; Lutensol TO 8 (~100%) 11.00Triethanol amine (100%) 3.33 Na-citrate, dihydrate (100%) 2.00 DTMPA;0.48 diethylenetriaminepentakis(methylene)pentakis(phosphonic acid),heptasodium salt (Dequest 2066 C) (~42% as Na7 salt) MPG (>98%) 6.00EtOH, propan-2-ol (90/10%) 3.00 Glycerol (>99.5) 1.71 Sodium formate(>95%) 1.00 PCA (40% as sodium salt) 0.46

Example 2: Stabilizing Effect of D27R

The half lifes in hours (T_(1/2)) of the variant and its referencelipase and the resulting half life improvement factor (HIF) for effectof D27R are shown.

TABLE 2A Storage stability was determined according to protocol A. D001D002 T_(1/2) D001 T_(1/2) D002 Mutations (h) HIF (h) HIF N33Q G38A G91TD96E D111A G163K 370 1.7 123 1.6 T231R N233R D254S P256T D27R N33Q G38AG91T D96E D111A 617 192 G163K T231R N233R D254S P256T

TABLE 2B Storage stability was determined according to protocol B.T_(1/2) Mutations (h) HIF N33Q G38A G91T D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R 641.7 D254S P256T D27R N33Q G38A G91T D96E D111A G163K T231R 110 N233RD254S P256T

TABLE 2D Storage stability was determined according to protocol D. D001D002 T_(1/2) D001 T_(1/2) D002 Mutations (h) HIF (h) HIF T231R N233R 3.31.1 13.3 1.4 D27R T231R N233R 3.6 18.3

TABLE 2E Storage stability was determined according to protocol E.T_(1/2) Mutations (h) HIF N33Q G38A G91T D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R17.5 1.5 D254S P256T D27R N33Q G38A G91T D96E D111A G163K T231R 26.2N233R D254S P256T

TABLE 2F-1 Storage stability was determined according to protocol F witha storage time of 63 h. D001 T1/2 D001 Mutations (h) HIF D96E D111AG163K T231R N233R 7 2.0 D27R D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R 13

TABLE 2F-2 Storage stability was determined according to protocol F witha storage time of 331 h. D001 T½ D001 Mutations (h) HIF T231R N233RD254S P256T 189 1.7 D27R T231R N233R D254S P256T 318

TABLE 2G Storage stability was determined according to protocol G with astorage time of 63 h. D001 T½ D001 Mutations (h) HIF D96E D111A T231RN233R 30 1.7 D27R D96E D111A T231R N233R  53* D96E D111A G163K T231RN233R 32 11.1 D27R D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R 352  *determined fromone replicate

Example 3: Stabilizing Effect of N33Q

The half lifes in hours (T_(1/2)) of the variant and its referencelipase and the resulting half life improvement factor (HIF) for effectof N33Q are shown.

TABLE 3A Storage stability was determined according to protocol A. D001D002 T_(1/2) D001 T_(1/2) D002 Mutations (h) HIF (h) HIF D27R G38A G91TD96E D111A G163K 503 1.2 178 1.1 T231R N233R D254S P256T D27R N33Q G38AG91T D96E D111A 617 192 G163K T231R N233R D254S P256T

TABLE 3B Storage stability was determined according to protocol B.T_(1/2) Mutation (h) HIF D27R G38A G91T D96E D111A G163K T231R 94 1.3N233R D254S D27R N33Q G38A G91T D96E D111A G163K T231R 126 N233R D254S

TABLE 3C Storage stability was determined according to protocol C.T_(1/2) Mutation (h) HIF D27R G38A G91T D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R 2023.6 D254S P256T D27R N33Q G38A G91T D96E D111A G163K T231R 731 N233RD254S P256T

TABLE 3E Storage stability was determined according to protocol E.T_(1/2) Mutations (h) HIF D27R G38A G91T D96E D111A G163K T231R 24.0 1.4N233R D254S D27R N33Q G38A G91T D96E D111A G163K T231R 33.3 N233R D254S

Example 4: Stabilizing Effect of G38A

The half lifes in hours (T_(1/2)) of the variant and its referencelipase and the resulting half life improvement factor (HIF) for theeffect of G38A are shown.

TABLE 4A Storage stability was determined according to protocol A. D001D002 T_(1/2) D001 T_(1/2) D002 Mutation (h) HIF (h) HIF D27R N33Q G91TD96E D111A G163K 29 21.4 43 4.5 T231R N233R D254S P256T D27R N33Q G38AG91T D96E D111A 617 192 G163K T231R N233R D254S P256T

TABLE 4B Storage stability was determined according to protocol B.T_(1/2) Mutation (h) HIF D27R N33Q G91T D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R 303.6 D254S P256T D27R N33Q G38A G91T D96E D111A G163K T231R 110 N233RD254S P256T

TABLE 4D Storage stability was determined according to protocol D. D001D002 T_(1/2) D001 T_(1/2) D002 Mutations (h) HIF (h) HIF D27R N33Q G91TD96E D111A G163K 4.7 >8.7 19.4 >2.1 T231R N233R D254S P256T D27R N33QG38A G91T D96E D111A >41 >41 G163K T231R N233R D254S P256T

TABLE 4E Storage stability was determined according to protocol E.T_(1/2) Mutations (h) HIF D27R N33Q G91T D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R8.5 3.1 D254S P256T D27R N33Q G38A G91T D96E D111A G163K T231R 26.2N233R D254S P256T

Example 5: Stabilizing Effect of G91T

The half lifes in hours (T_(1/2)) of the variant and its referencelipase and the resulting half life improvement factor (HIF) for effectof G91T are shown.

TABLE 5A Storage stability was determined according to protocol A. D001D002 T_(1/2) D001 T_(1/2) D002 Mutation (h) HIF (h) HIF D27R N33Q G38AD96E D111A G163K 428 1.4 142 1.3 T231R N233R D254S P256T D27R N33Q G38AG91T D96E D111A 617 192 G163K T231R N233R D254S P256T D27R G38A D96ED111A G163K T231R 362 1.4 144 1.2 N233R D254S P256T D27R G38A G91T D96ED111A G163K 503 178 T231R N233R D254S P256T D27R D96E D111A G163K T231RN233R 410 1.5 152 1.3 D254S P256T D27R G91T D96E D111A G163K T231R 597196 N233R D254S P256T D27R G38A D96E G163K T231R N233R 387 1.4 131 1.3D254S P256T D27R G38A G91T D96E G163K T231R 530 172 N233R D254S P256TD27R G38A D96E D111A G163K T231R 239 1.8 81 1.4 N233R D254S D27R G38AG91T D96E D111A G163K 421 110 T231R N233R D254S

TABLE 5D Storage stability was determined according to protocol D. D001D002 T_(1/2) D001 T_(1/2) D002 Mutations (h) HIF (h) HIF N33Q T231RN233R 3.8 1.3 14.3 1.3 N33Q G91T T231R N233R 5.1 18.8

Furthermore, stabilizing effect of the substitutions G91I, G91N, andG91V determined as HIF>1 were observed in experiments with detergentconducted essentially according to protocol A as well as in experimentswith detergent with protease conducted essentially according to protocolB.

TABLE 5F-1 Storage stability was determined according to protocol F witha storage time of 63 h. D001 T½ D001 Mutations (h) HIF D96E D111A T231RN233R 21 1.1 G91T D96E D111A T231R N233R 24

TABLE 5F-2 Storage stability was determined according to protocol F witha storage time of 331 h. D001 T½ D001 Mutations (h) HIF T231R N233RD254S P256T 189 3.1 G91T T231R N233R D254S P256T 584

TABLE 5G-1 Storage stability was determined according to protocol G witha storage time of 18 h. D001 T½ D001 Mutations (h) HIF T231R N233R D254SP256T 10 1.3 G91T T231R N233R D254S P256T 13

TABLE 5G-2 Storage stability was determined according to protocol G witha storage time of 63 h. D001 T½ D001 Mutations (h) HIF D96E D111A T231RN233R 30 1.4 G91T D96E D111A T231R N233R 44

Example 6: Stabilizing Effect of D96E

The half lifes in hours (T_(1/2)) of the lipase variant and itsreference lipase and the resulting half life improvement factor (HIF)for effect of D96E are shown.

TABLE 6B Storage stability was determined according to protocol B.T_(1/2) Mutation (h) HIF D27R N33Q G38A G91T D111A G163K T231R N233R<21 >5.2 D254S P256T D27R N33Q G38A G91T D96E D111A G163K T231R 110N233R D254S P256T D27R G38A D111A G163K T231R N233R D254S P256T 34 3.6D27R G38A D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R D254S 125 P256T D27R D111A G163KT231R N233R D254S P256T 47 2.6 D27R D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R D254SP256T 124

TABLE 6C Storage stability was determined according to protocol C.T_(1/2) Mutation (h) HIF D27R G163K T231R N233R D254S 40 2.4 D27R D96EG163K T231R N233R D254S 96 G163K T231R N233R D254S 35 2.1 D96E G163KT231R N233R D254S 75 T231R N233R 39 1.6 D96E T231R N233R 64 T231R N233RD254S 30 2.4 D96E T231R N233R D254S 70

TABLE 6D Storage stability was determined according to protocol D. D001D002 T_(1/2) D001 T_(1/2) D002 Mutations (h) HIF (h) HIF D27R G38A D111AG163K T231R N233R — — 22.4 >1.8 D254S P256T D27R G38A D96E D111A G163KT231R — >41 N233R D254S P256T D27R D111A G163K T231R N233R D254S4.4 >9.3 24.6 >1.7 P256T D27R D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R >41 >41 D254SP256T N33Q T231R N233R 3.8 1.1 14.3 1.7 N33Q D96E T231R N233R 4.1 24.9

TABLE 6E Storage stability was determined according to protocol E.T_(1/2) Mutations (h) HIF D27R N33Q G38A G91T D111A G163K T231R N233R8.8 3.0 D254S P256T D27R N33Q G38A G91T D96E D111A G163K T231R 26.2N233R D254S P256T D27R G38A D111A G163K T231R N233R D254S P256T10.8 >3.8 D27R G38A D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R D254S >41 P256T D27RD111A G163K T231R N233R D254S P256T 10.7 3.5 D27R D96E D111A G163K T231RN233R D254S P256T 37.2 N33Q T231R N233R 5.5 1.8 N33Q D96E T231R N233R9.7

TABLE 6F-1 Storage stability was determined according to protocol F witha storage time of 63 h. D001 T½ D001 Mutations (h) HIF T231R N233R 7 6.6D96E T231R N233R 49 D111A T231R N233R 13 1.7 D96E D111A T231R N233R 21

TABLE 6F-2 Storage stability was determined according to protocol F witha storage time of 331 h. D001 T½ D001 Mutations (h) HIF T231R N233RD254S P256T 189 1.5 D96E T231R N233R D254S P256T 285

TABLE 6G-1 Storage stability was determined according to protocol G witha storage time of 18 h. D001 T½ D001 Mutations (h) HIF T231R N233R D254SP256T 10 3.5 D96E T231R N233R D254S P256T 34

TABLE 6G-2 Storage stability was determined according to protocol G witha storage time of 63 h. D001 T½ D001 Mutations (h) HIF T231R N233R 122.0 D96E T231R N233R 24 D111A T231R N233R 15 2.0 D96E D111A T231R N233R30 D111A G163K T231R N233R D254S P256T 14 5.4 D96E D111A G163K T231RN233R D254S P256T 74

Example 7: Stabilizing Effect of D111A

The half lifes in hours (T_(1/2)) of the variant and its referencelipase and the resulting half life improvement factor (HIF) for effectof D111A are shown.

TABLE 7A Storage stability was determined according to protocol A. D001D002 T_(1/2) D001 T_(1/2) D002 Mutation (h) HIF (h) HIF D27R N33Q G38AG91T D96E G163K 513 1.2 163 1.2 T231R N233R D254S P256T D27R N33Q G38AG91T D96E D111A 617 192 G163K T231R N233R D254S P256T

TABLE 7B Storage stability was determined according to protocol B.T_(1/2) Mutation (h) HIF D27R N33Q G38A G91T D96E G163K T231R N233R 651.7 D254S P256T D27R N33Q G38A G91T D96E D111A G163K T231R 110 N233RD254S P256T D27R G38A G91T D96E G163K T231R N233R D254S 63 1.8 P256TD27R G38A G91T D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R 116 D254S P256T D27R G38AD96E G163K T231R N233R D254S P256T 62 2.0 D27R G38A D96E D111A G163KT231R N233R D254S 125 P256T D27R D96E G163K T231R N233R D254S P256T 871.4 D27R D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R D254S P256T 124

TABLE 7C Storage stability was determined according to protocol C.T_(1/2) Mutation (h) HIF D27R G38A D96E G163K T231R N233R D254S P256T111 4.1 D27R G38A D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R D254S 452 P256T D27R G38AG91T D96E G163K T231R N233R D254S 133 1.3 P256T D27R G38A G91T D96ED111A G163K T231R N233R 168 D254S P256T

TABLE 7E Storage stability was determined according to protocol E.T_(1/2) Mutations (h) HIF D27R N33Q G38A G91T D96E G163K T231R N233R20.7 1.3 D254S P256T D27R N33Q G38A G91T D96E D111A G163K T231R 26.2N233R D254S P256T D27R G38A G91T D96E G163K T231R N233R D254S 27.9 >1.5P256T D27R G38A G91T D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R >41 D254S P256T D27RG38A D96E G163K T231R N233R D254S P256T 24.8 >1.7 D27R G38A D96E D111AG163K T231R N233R D254S >41 P256T D27R D96E G163K T231R N233R D254SP256T 21.2 1.8 D27R D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R D254S P256T 37.2 N33QT231R N233R 5.5 1.3 N33Q D111A T231R N233R 7.2

TABLE 7F-1 Storage stability was determined according to protocol F witha storage time of 63 h. D001 T½ D001 Mutations (h) HIF T231R N233R 7 1.7D111A T231R N233R 13

TABLE 7F-2 Storage stability was determined according to protocol F witha storage time of 331 h. D001 T½ D001 Mutations (h) HIF T231R N233RD254S P256T 189 2.0 D111A T231R N233R D254S P256T 379 D96E G163K T231RN233R D254S P256T  206* 1.3 D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R D254S P256T 264*determined from two replicates

TABLE 7G-1 Storage stability was determined according to protocol G witha storage time of 18 h. D001 T½ D001 Mutations (h) HIF T231R N233R D254SP256T 10 1.8 D111A T231R N233R D254S P256T 17

TABLE 7G-2 Storage stability was determined according to protocol G witha storage time of 63 h. D001 T½ D001 Mutations (h) HIF T231R N233R 121.3 D111A T231R N233R 15 D96E T231R N233R 24 1.3 D96E D111A T231R N233R30 D96E G163K T231R N233R D254S P256T  25* 3.0 D96E D111A G163K T231RN233R D254S P256T 74 *determined from two replicates

Example 8: Stabilizing Effect of G163K

TABLE 8A Storage stability was determined according to protocol A. D001D002 T_(1/2) D001 T_(1/2) D002 Mutation (h) HIF (h) HIF D27R N33Q G38AG91T D96E D111A 114 5.4 78 2.5 T231R N233R D254S P256T D27R N33Q G38AG91T D96E D111A 617 192 G163K T231R N233R D254S P256T

TABLE 8B Storage stability was determined according to protocol B.T_(1/2) Mutation (h) HIF D27R N33Q G38A G91T D96E D111A T231R N233R 542.0 D254S P256T D27R N33Q G38A G91T D96E D111A G163K T231R 110 N233RD254S P256T

TABLE 8D Storage stability was determined according to protocol D. D001D002 T_(1/2) D001 T_(1/2) D002 Mutation (h) HIF (h) HIF D27R N33Q G38AG91T D96E D111A 6.9 >6.0 21.8 >1.9 T231R N233R D254S P256T D27R N33QG38A G91T D96E D111A >41 >41 G163K T231R N233R D254S P256T

TABLE 8E Storage stability was determined according to protocol E.T_(1/2) Mutation (h) HIF D27R N33Q G38A G91T D96E D111A T231R N233R 10.42.5 D254S P256T D27R N33Q G38A G91T D96E D111A G163K T231R 26.2 N233RD254S P256T D27R G38A D96E D111A T231R N233R D254S 32.6 1.3 P256T D27RG38A D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R >41 D254S P256T

Example 9: Stabilizing Effect of D254S

The half lifes in hours (T_(1/2)) of the variant and its referencelipase and the resulting half life improvement factor (HIF) for effectof D254S are shown.

TABLE 9A Storage stability was determined according to protocol A. D001D002 T_(1/2) D001 T_(1/2) D002 Mutation (h) HIF (h) HIF D27R N33Q G38AG91T D96E D111A 143 4.3 91 2.1 G163K T231R N233R P256T D27R N33Q G38AG91T D96E D111A 617 192 G163K T231R N233R D254S P256T D27R G38A D96ED111A G163K 62 5.8 <41 >3.5 T231R N233R P256T D27R G38A D96E D111A G163K362 144 T231R N233R D254S P256T D27R D96E D111A G163K T231R 87 4.7 532.8 N233R P256T D27R D96E D111A G163K T231R 410 152 N233R D254S P256TT231R N233R 3.3 32.7 13.3 3.8 T231R N233R D254S 108 50

TABLE 9B Storage stability was determined according to protocol B.T_(1/2) Mutation (h) HIF D27R N33Q G38A G91T D96E D111A G163K T231R 791.4 N233R P256T D27R N33Q G38A G91T D96E D111A G163K T231R 110 N233RD254S P256T D27R G38A D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R P256T 66 1.9 D27RG38A D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R D254S 125 P256T D27R D96E D111A G163KT231R N233R P256T 107 1.2 D27R D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R D254S 124P256T

TABLE 9D Storage stability was determined according to protocol D. D001T_(1/2) D001 Mutation (h) HIF D27R N33Q G38A G91T D96E D111A G163K T231R14.3 >2.9 N233R P256T D27R N33Q G38A G91T D96E D111A G163K T231R >41N233R D254S P256T D27R G38A D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R P256T 6.5 >6.3D27R G38A D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R D254S >41 P256T D27R D96E D111AG163K T231R N233R P256T 7.6 >5.4 D27R D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R D254SP256T >41 T231R N233R 3.3 3.6 T231R N233R D254S 11.8

TABLE 9E Storage stability was determined according to protocol E. T½Mutations (h) HIF D27R G38A D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R P256T 27.1 >1.5D27R G38A D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R D254S >41 P256T D27R D96E D111AG163K T231R N233R P256T 24.0 1.6 D27R D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R D254SP256T 37.2

TABLE 9F Storage stability was determined according to protocol F with astorage time of 63 h. D001 T½ D001 Mutations (h) HIF D96E D111A T231RN233R 21 1.5 D96E D111A T231R N233R D254S 32 T231R N233R  7 4.8 T231RN233R D254S 35 T231R N233R P256T 32 6.0 T231R N233R D254S P256T 189*D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R P256T 17 15.9 D96E D111A G163K T231R N233RD254S P256T 264* *storage time 331 hours

TABLE 9G-1 Storage stability was determined according to protocol G witha storage time of 18 h. D001 T½ D001 Mutations (h) HIF T231R N233R 101.8 T231R N233R D254S 17

TABLE 9G-2 Storage stability was determined according to protocol G witha storage time of 63 h. D001 T½ D001 Mutations (h) HIF D96E D111A T231RN233R 30 3.5 D96E D111A T231R N233R D254S 105 D96E D111A G163K T231RN233R P256T 30 2.4 D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R D254S P256T 74

Example 10: Stabilizing Effect of P256T

The half lifes in hours (T_(1/2)) of the lipase variant and itsreference lipase and the resulting half life improvement factor (HIF)for effect of P256T are shown.

TABLE 10A Storage stability was determined according to protocol A. D001D002 T_(1/2) D001 T_(1/2) D002 Mutation (h) HIF (h) HIF D27R G38A G91TD96E D111A G163K 421 1.2 110 1.6 T231R N233R D254S D27R G38A G91T D96ED111A G163K 503 178 T231R N233R D254S P256T D27R G38A D96E D111A G163KT231R 239 1.5 81 1.8 N233R D254S D27R G38A D96E D111A G163K T231R 362144 N233R D254S P256T D27R N33Q G38A G91T D96E D111A 315 2.0 89 2.2G163K T231R N233R D254S D27R N33Q G38A G91T D96E D111A 617 192 G163KT231R N233R D254S P256T T231R N233R D254S 108 3.1 50 2.4 T231R N233RD254S P256T 339 120

TABLE 10B Storage stability was determined according to protocol B.T_(1/2) Mutation (h) HIF D27R G38A G91T D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R 941.2 D254S D27R G38A G91T D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R 116 D254S P256TD27R G38A D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R D254S 97 1.3 D27R G38A D96E D111AG163K T231R N233R D254S 125 P256T D27R D96E D111A G163K T231R N233RD254S 116 1.1 D27R D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R D254S 124 P256T

TABLE 10D Storage stability was determined according to protocol D. D001D002 T_(1/2) D001 T_(1/2) D002 Mutation (h) HIF (h) HIF D27R G38A D96ED111A G163K 30.2 >1.4 — — T231R N233R D254S D27R G38A D96E D111AG163K >41 — T231R N233R D254S P256T D27R N33Q G38A G91T D96E D111A27.8 >1.5 — — G163K T231R N233R D254S D27R N33Q G38A G91T D96E D111A >41— G163K T231R N233R D254S P256T T231R N233R D254S 11.8 3.0 14.0 1.2T231R N233R D254S P256T 34.9 16.6

TABLE 10E Storage stability was determined according to protocol E.T_(1/2) Mutation (h) HIF D27R G38A G91T D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R24.0 >1.8 D254S D27R G38A G91T D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R >41 D254SP256T T231R N233R D254S 5.7 1.3 T231R N233R D254S P256T 7.3

TABLE 10F Storage stability was determined according to protocol F witha storage time of 63 h. D001 T½ D001 Mutations (h) HIF T231R N233R 7 4.3T231R N233R P256T 32 T231R N233R D254S 35 2.4 T231R N233R D254S P256T 86D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R 7 2.4 D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R P256T 17

TABLE 10G-1 Storage stability was determined according to protocol Gwith a storage time of 18 h. D001 T½ D001 Mutations (h) HIF T231R N233R10 4.2 T231R N233R P256T 41

TABLE 10G-2 Storage stability was determined according to protocol Gwith a storage time of 63 h. D001 T½ D001 Mutations (h) HIF D96E D111AT231R N233R 30 2.6 D96E D111A T231R N233R P256T 81

Example 11: Stabilizing Effect of D254S and P256T

The half lifes in hours (T_(1/2)) of the variant and its referencelipase and the resulting half life improvement factor (HIF) for effectof D254S and P256T are shown.

TABLE 11A Storage stability was determined according to protocol A. D001D002 T_(1/2) D001 T_(1/2) D002 Mutation (h) HIF (h) HIF D27R D96E G163KT231R N233R <29 >14.6 <37 >3.8 D27R D96E G163K T231R N233R D254S 417 141P256T T231R N233R 3.3 102.7 13.3 9.0 T231R N233R D254S P256T 339 120

TABLE 11D Storage stability was determined according to protocol D. D001T_(1/2) D001 Mutation (h) HIF D27R D96E G163K T231R N233R 3.3 >12.5 D27RD96E G163K T231R N233R D254S P256T >41

TABLE 11F Storage stability was determined according to protocol F withindicated storage time. D001 T½ D001 Stress Mutations (h) HIF time (h)D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R 7 38.8 63 D96E D111A G163K T231R N233RD254S 264 331 P256T T231R N233R 7 28.0 63 T231R N233R D254S P256T 206331 D96E T231R N233R 49 5.9 63 D96E T231R N233R D254S P256T 285 331D111A T231R N233R 13 30.3 63 D111A T231R N233R D254S P256T 379 331

Example 12: Improved Stability as Compared to T231R N233R

The half lifes in hours (T_(1/2)) of the lipase variant and theresulting half life improvement factor (HIF) towards the lipase variantwith the T231R N233R mutations are shown.

TABLE 12A Storage stability was determined according to protocol A. D001D002 T_(1/2) D001 T_(1/2) D002 Mutation (h) HIF (h) HIF D27R G91T D96ED111A G163K T231R N233R 597 181 196 14.7 D254S P256T D27R N33Q G38A G91TD96E D111A G163K T231R 617 187 192 14.4 N233R D254S P256T D27R N33Q G38AG91T D111A G163K T231R N233R 580 176 184 13.8 D254S P256T D27R G38A G91TD96E D111A G163K T231R N233R 503 152 178 13.4 D254S P256T D27R G38A G91TD96E G163K T231R N233R D254S 530 161 172 12.9 P256T D27R N33Q G38A G91TD96E G163K T231R N233R 513 155 163 12.3 D254S P256T D27R D96E D111AG163D T231R N233R D254S 465 141 157 11.8 P256T D27R D96E D111A G163KT231R N233R D254S 437 132 157 11.8 D27R D111A G163K T231R N233R D254SP256T 474 144 150 11.3 D27R D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R D254S 410 124152 11.4 P256T D27R G38A D111A G163K T231R N233R D254S 439 133 150 11.3P256T D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R D254S P256T 409 124 148 11.1 D27RN33Q G38A D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R 428 130 142 10.7 D254S P256T D27RD96E G163K T231R N233R D254S P256T 417 126 141 10.6 D27R G38A D96E D111AG163K T231R N233R 362 110 144 10.8 D254S P256T D27R G38A D96E D111AT231R N233R D254S P256T 380 115 139 10.5 T231R N233R D254S P256T 339 103120 9.0 D27R G38A D96E G163K T231R N233R D254S 387 117 131 9.8 P256TN33Q G38A G91T D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R 370 112 123 9.2 D254S P256TD27R G38A G91T D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R 421 128 110 8.3 D254S D27RN33Q G38A G91T D96E D111A G163K T231R 315 95 89 6.7 N233R D254S D27RG38A D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R 239 72 81 6.1 D254S G163K T231R N233RD254S 122 37 54 4.1 N33Q G38A G91T G163K T231R N233R D254S 107 32 55 4.1D27R N33Q G38A G91T D96E D111A G163K T231R 143 43 91 6.8 N233R P256TT231R N233R D254S 108 33 50 3.8 D27R N33Q G38A G91T D96E D111A T231RN233R 114 35 78 5.9 D254S P256T T231R N233R 3.3 1 13.3 1

TABLE 12B Storage stability was determined according to protocol B.T_(1/2) Mutation (h) HIF D27R G38A D96E D111A T231R N233R D254S P256T137 24.5 D27R D96E D111A G163D T231R N233R D254S P256T 128 22.9 D27RN33Q G38A G91T D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R D254S 126 22.5 D27R G38AD96E D111A G163K T231R N233R D254S P256T 125 22.3 D27R D96E D111A G163KT231R N233R D254S P256T 124 22.1 D27R N33Q G38A D96E D111A G163K T231RN233R D254S P256T 119 21.3 D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R D254S P256T 11821.1 D27R G91T D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R D254S P256T 116 20.7 D27RG38A G91T D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R D254S P256T 116 20.7 D27R D96ED111A G163K T231R N233R D254S 116 20.7 D27R N33Q G38A G91T D96E D111AG163K T231R N233R D254S 110 19.6 P256T D27R D96E D111A G163K T231R N233RP256T 107 19.1 D27R G38A D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R D254S 97 17.3 D27RG38A G91T D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R D254S 94 16.8 D27R D96E G163KT231R N233R D254S P256T 87 15.5 D27R N33Q G38A G91T D96E D111A G163KT231R N233R P256T 79 14.1 D27R D96E G163K T231R N233R 74 13.2 D27R G38AD96E D111A G163K T231R N233R P256T 66 11.8 D27R N33Q G38A G91T D96EG163K T231R N233R D254S P256T 65 11.6 N33Q G38A G91T D96E D111A G163KT231R N233R D254S P256T 64 11.4 D27R G38A G91T D96E G163K T231R N233RD254S P256T 63 11.3 D27R G38A D96E G163K T231R N233R D254S P256T 62 11.1D27R N33Q G38A G91T D96E D111A T231R N233R D254S P256T 54 9.6 D27R D111AG163K T231R N233R D254S P256T 47 8.4 N33Q D96E T231R N233R 44 7.9 D27RG38A D111A G163K T231R N233R D254S P256T 34 6.1 T231R N233R D254S P256T33 5.9 T231R N233R 5.6 1.0

TABLE 12D Storage stability was determined according to protocol D. D001D002 T_(1/2) D001 T_(1/2) D002 Mutations (h) HIF (h) HIF D27R G38A D96ED111A G163K T231R N233R >41 >12.4 >41 >3.1 D254S P256T D27R D96E D111AG163K T231R N233R D254S >41 >12.4 >41 >3.1 P256T D27R G38A G91T D96ED111A G163K T231R N233R >41 >12.4 >41 >3.1 D254S P256T D27R D96E D111AG163D T231R N233R D254S 37.2 11.3 >41 >3.1 P256T D27R G91T D96E D111AG163K T231R N233R >41 >12.4 >41 >3.1 D254S P256T D27R N33Q G38A D96ED111A G163K T231R N233R >41 >12.4 >41 >3.1 D254S P256T D27R G38A D96ED111A G163K T231R N233R 30.2 9.2 >41 >3.1 D254S D96E D111A G163K T231RN233R D254S P256T >41 >12.4 >41 >3.1 D27R N33Q G38A G91T D96E D111AG163K T231R 27.8 8.4 >41 >3.1 N233R D254S D27R G38A D96E D111A T231RN233R D254S P256T >41 >12.4 >41 >3.1 D27R D96E D111A G163K T231R N233RD254S >41 >12.4 >41 >3.1 D27R D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R P256T 7.62.3 >41 >3.1 D27R D96E G163K T231R N233R D254S P256T >41 >12.4 >41 >3.1D27R N33Q G38A G91T D96E G163K T231R N233R >41 >12.4 >41 >3.1 D254SP256T D27R G38A D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R 6.5 2.0 >41 >3.1 P256T D27RG38A G91T D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R 38.4 11.6 >41 >3.1 D254S D27RG38A D96E G163K T231R N233R D254S 40.6 12.3 >41 >3.1 P256T D27R N33QG38A G91T D96E D111A G163K T231R 14.3 4.3 >41 >3.1 N233R P256T D27R G38AG91T D96E G163K T231R N233R D254S >41 >12.4 >41 >3.1 P256T D27R N33QG38A G91T D96E D111A G163K T231R >41 >12.4 >41 >3.1 N233R D254S P256TD27R D96E G163K T231R N233R 3.3 1.0 >41 >3.1 N33Q G38A G91T D96E D111AG163K T231R N233R >41 >12.4 >41 >3.1 D254S P256T N33Q D96E T231R N233R4.1 1.2 24.9 1.9 D27R D111A G163K T231R N233R D254S P256T 4.4 1.3 24.61.9 D27R N33Q G38A G91T D111A G163K T231R N233R >41 >12.4 23.9 1.8 D254SP256T D27R G38A D111A G163K T231R N233R D254S >41 >12.4 22.4 1.7 P256TD27R N33Q G38A G91T D96E D111A T231R N233R 6.9 2.1 21.8 1.6 D254S P256TD27R N33Q G91T D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R 4.7 1.4 19.4 1.5 D254S P256TN33Q G91T T231R N233R 5.1 1.5 18.8 1.4 D27R T231R N233R 3.6 1.1 18.3 1.4N33Q D111A T231R N233R 4.0 1.2 17.2 1.3 N33Q G38A G91T G163K T231R N233RD254S 8.1 2.4 17.0 1.3 T231R N233R D254S P256T 34.9 10.6 16.6 1.2 G163KT231R N233R D254S 12.4 3.8 15.4 1.2 N33Q T231R N233R P256T 4.3 1.3 14.41.1 N33Q T231R N233R 3.8 1.2 14.3 1.1 T231R N233R D254S 11.8 3.6 14.01.1 T231R N233R 3.3 1.0 13.3 1.0

TABLE 12E Storage stability was determined according to protocol E.T_(1/2) Mutation (h) HIF D27R G38A D96E D111A G163K T231R N233RD254S >41 >7.3 D27R N33Q G38A D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R D254SP256T >41 >7.3 D27R G38A D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R D254SP256T >41 >7.3 D27R G38A G91T D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R D254SP256T >41 >7.3 D27R D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R D254S 40.0 7.2 D27RG91T D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R D254S P256T 37.3 6.7 D27R D96E D111AG163K T231R N233R D254S P256T 37.2 6.6 D27R D96E D111A G163D T231R N233RD254S P256T 33.9 6.0 D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R D254S P256T 33.6 6.0D27R N33Q G38A G91T D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R D254S 33.3 6.0 D27RG38A D96E D111A T231R N233R D254S P256T 32.6 5.8 D27R G38A G91T D96EG163K T231R N233R D254S P256T 27.9 5.0 D27R G38A D96E D111A G163K T231RN233R P256T 27.1 4.8 D27R N33Q G38A G91T D96E D111A G163K T231R N233RP256T 26.3 4.7 D27R N33Q G38A G91T D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R D254S26.2 4.7 P256T D27R G38A D96E G163K T231R N233R D254S P256T 24.8 4.4D27R G38A G91T D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R D254S 24.0 4.3 D27R D96ED111A G163K T231R N233R P256T 24.0 4.3 D27R D96E G163K T231R N233R D254SP256T 21.2 3.8 D27R N33Q G38A G91T D96E G163K T231R N233R D254S P256T20.7 3.7 D27R D96E G163K T231R N233R 19.3 3.5 D27R D96E G163K T231RN233R D254S P256T 17.9 3.2 N33Q G38A G91T D96E D111A G163K T231R N233RD254S P256T 17.5 3.1 D27R G38A D111A G163K T231R N233R D254S P256T 10.81.9 D27R D111A G163K T231R N233R D254S P256T 10.7 1.9 D27R N33Q G38AG91T D96E D111A T231R N233R D254S P256T 10.4 1.9 N33Q D96E T231R N233R9.7 1.7 D27R N33Q G38A G91T D111A G163K T231R N233R D254S P256T 8.8 1.6D27R N33Q G91T D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R D254S P256T 8.5 1.5 T231RN233R D254S P256T 7.3 1.3 N33Q D111A T231R N233R 7.2 1.3 D27R T231RN233R 6.6 1.2 N33Q T231R N233R P256T 6.5 1.2 T231R N233R D254S 5.7 1.0T231R N233R 5.6 1.0

TABLE 12F Storage stability was determined according to protocol F withindicated storage time. D001 T½ D001 Stress Mutations (h) HIF time (h)G91T T231R N233R D254S P256T 584 79.3 331 D111A G163K T231R N233R D254SP256T 381 51.7 331 D111A T231R N233R D254S P256T 379 51.4 331 D27R N33QG38A D96E D111A T231R N233R 372 50.5 331 D254S P256T D27R T231R N233RD254S P256T 318 43.1 331 D96E T231R N233R D254S P256T 285 38.6 331 D27RG38A D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R 284 38.5 331 D254S P256T D96E D111AG163K T231R N233R D254S 264 35.8 331 P256T G91T D96E D111A G163K T231RN233R 262 35.6 331 D254S P256T N33Q D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R 24833.7 331 D254S P256T D96E G163K T231R N233R D254S P256T 206 27.9 331T231R N233R D254S P256T 189 25.7 331 G163K T231R N233R D254S 88 12.0 331D96E T231R N233R 49 6.6 63 T231R N233R D254S 35 4.8 63 D96E D111A T231RN233R D254S 32 4.4 63 T231R N233R P256T 32 4.3 63 G91T D96E D111A T231RN233R 24 3.2 63 D96E D111A T231R N233R 21 2.9 63 D96E D111A G163K T231RN233R P256T 17 2.2 63 D27R D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R 13 1.8 63 D111AT231R N233R 13 1.7 63 T231R N233R 7 1.0 63

TABLE 12G Storage stability was determined according to protocol F withindicated storage time. The half life of the lipase variant with theT231R N233R mutations determined with 63 h storage time was chosen. D001T½ D001 Stress Mutations (h) HIF time (h) D27R N33Q G38A D96E D111AT231R 384  33.0 162 N233R D254S P256T D27R D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R352  30.2 63 D27R G38A D96E D111A G163K T231R 324  27.8 63 N233R D254SP256T D96E D111A T231R N233R D254S 105  9.0 63 D96E D111A T231R N233RP256T 81 6.9 63 D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R D254S 74 6.3 63 P256T D27RD96E D111A T231R N233R  53* 4.6 63 G91T D96E D111A T231R N233R 44 3.7 63T231R N233R P256T 41 3.5 18 G91T D96E T231R N233R 38 3.3 63 N33Q D96ED111A G163K T231R N233R 35 3.0 63 D254S P256T D96E T231R N233R D254SP256T 34 2.9 18 G91T D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R 33 2.9 63 D254S P256TD96E D111A G163K T231R N233R 32 2.7 63 D96E D111A T231R N233R 30 2.6 63D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R P256T 30 2.6 63 D96E T231R N233R P256T 272.3 63 D96E G163K T231R N233R D254S P256T  25** 2.1 63 G38A D96E D111AT231R N233R 24 2.1 63 D96E T231R N233R 24 2.0 63 T231R N233R D254S 171.5 18 D111A T231R N233R D254S P256T 17 1.5 18 D111A T231R N233R 15 1.363 D111A G163K T231R N233R D254S P256T 14 1.2 63 G91T T231R N233R D254SP256T 13 1.1 18 T231R N233R 12 1.0 63 T231R N233R 10 0.8 18 *determinedfrom one replicate, **determined from two replicates

Example 13: Stabilizing Effect of D96E and D111A

The half lifes in hours (T_(1/2)) of the variant and its referencelipase and the resulting half life improvement factor (HIF) for effectof D96E and D111A are shown.

TABLE 13G Storage stability was determined according to protocol G withindicated storage time. D001 T½ D001 Stress Mutations (h) HIF time (h)T231R N233R 12 2.6 63 D96E D111A T231R N233R 30 63 T231R N233R D254S 176.1 18 D96E D111A T231R N233R D254S 105 63 T231R N233R P256T 41 2.0 18D96E D111A T231R N233R P256T 81 63

The invention described and claimed herein is not to be limited in scopeby the specific aspects herein disclosed, since these aspects areintended as illustrations of several aspects of the invention. Anyequivalent aspects are intended to be within the scope of thisinvention. Indeed, various modifications of the invention in addition tothose shown and described herein will become apparent to those skilledin the art from the foregoing description. Such modifications are alsointended to fall within the scope of the appended claims. In the case ofconflict, the present disclosure including definitions will control.

The invention is further defined in the following paragraphs:

The invention claimed is:
 1. A detergent composition comprising avariant of a parent lipase which variant has lipase activity, has atleast 90% but less than 100% sequence identity with SEQ ID NO: 2, andcomprises substitutions at positions corresponding to D96E+T231R+N233Rof SEQ ID NO: 2, wherein the amino acid at position 33 is asparagine(N); wherein said variant in comparison with the parent lipase hasincreased stability in the presence of detergents D001 or D002; andwherein the variant has a half-life improvement factor above 2.0 ascompared to an identical variant that has D at position
 96. 2. Thecomposition of claim 1, wherein the variant further comprises asubstitution at position D27R of SEQ ID NO:
 2. 3. The composition ofclaim 1, further comprising one or more enzymes selected from:hemicellulases, peroxidases, proteases, cellulases, xylanases, lipases,phospholipases, esterases, cutinases, pectinases, mannanases, pectatelyases, keratinases, reductases, oxidases, phenoloxidases,lipoxygenases, ligninases, pullulanases, tannases, pentosanases,malanases, ß-glucanases, arabinosidases, hyaluronidase, chondroitinase,laccase, chlorophyllases, amylases, or mixtures thereof.
 4. Thecomposition of claim 1, wherein the variant has at least 95% but lessthan 100%, sequence identity to SEQ ID NO:
 2. 5. The composition ofclaim 1, further comprising at least one surfactant, at least onesurfactant system, at least one soap, or any mixtures thereof.
 6. Thecomposition of claim 1, wherein the composition is a laundry cleaningcomposition, a dishwashing cleaning composition, a hard-surface cleaningcomposition or a personal care cleaning composition.
 7. The compositionof claim 1, wherein the composition is formulated as a regular, compactor concentrated liquid; a gel; a paste; a soap bar; a regular or acompacted powder; a granulated solid; a homogenous or a multilayertablet with two or more layers (same or different phases); a pouchhaving one or more compartments; a single or a multi-compartment unitdose form; or any combination thereof.
 8. A method of producing thecomposition according to claim 1, comprising adding a variant of aparent lipase which variant has lipase activity, has at least 90% butless than 100% sequence identity with SEQ ID NO: 2, and comprisessubstitutions at positions corresponding to D96E+T231R+N233R of SEQ IDNO: 2, wherein the amino acid at position 33 is asparagine (N), whereinsaid variant in comparison with the parent lipase has increasedstability in the presence of detergents D001 or D002; and wherein thehalf-life improvement factor of the variant is above 2.0 as compared toan identical variant having D at position
 96. 9. A variant of a parentlipase, wherein the variant has 100% sequence identity with SEQ ID NO:2, except that the variant has a group of substitutions selected fromthe group consisting of: a) D96E T231R N233R; b) D27R G38A G91T D96ED111A G163K T231R N233R D254S P256T; c) D96E T231R N233R D254S; d) D27RG91T D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R D254S P256T; e) D96E G163K T231R N233RD254S; f) D27R G38A G91T D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R D254S; g) D27RG38A G91T D96E G163K T231R N233R D254S P256T; h) D27R G38A D96E D111AG163K T231R N233R D254S P256T; i) D27R D96E G163K T231R N233R D254S; j)D27R D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R D254S P256T; k) D27R G38A D96E G163KT231R N233R D254S P256T; l) D27R D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R; m) D27RD96E D111AT231R N233R; n) D27R G38A D96E D111A G163K E210Q T231R N233RD254S P256T; o) D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R; p) D96E D111A G163K T231RN233R D254S P256T; q) D96E D111A G163K T231R N233R P256T; r) D96E D111AT231R N233R; s) D96E D111A T231R N233R D254S; t) D96E D111A T231R N233RD254S P256T; u) D96E D111A T231R N233R P256T; v) D96E G163K T231R N233RD254S P256T; w) D96E T231R N233R D254S P256T; x) D96E T231R N233R P256T;y) G38A D96E D111A T231R N233R; z) G91T D96E D111A G163K T231R N233RD254S P256T; aa) G91T D96E D111A T231R N233R; and bb) G91T D96E T231RN233R; wherein the variant has a half-life improvement factor above 1.5as compared to an identical variant that has D at position
 96. 10. Thevariant of claim 9, wherein said variant in comparison with the parentlipase has increased stability in the presence of detergents D001 orD002.
 11. The variant of claim 9, wherein the half-life improvementfactor of the variant is above 2.0 as compared to an identical varianthaving D at position
 96. 12. A method for cleaning a subject, comprisingcontacting a lipid stain present on the subject to be cleaned with thecomposition according to claim 1.